{"title":"Furniture","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"1-5m-commercial-black-twist-barrier-rope-for-events-and-venues","title":"1.5m Commercial Black Twist Barrier Rope for Events and Venues","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Black Twist Barrier Rope 1.5m is an essential accessory for creating stylish partitions in various environments. Perfect for restaurants, bars, and nightclubs, this barrier rope not only serves a practical purpose but also enhances the aesthetic appeal of your space. With its soft texture and elegant design, it is ideal for cordoning off staff and VIP areas, ensuring an organized and welcoming atmosphere for your guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the Black Twist Barrier Rope includes durable domed zinc alloy ends that provide -lasting functionality. Measuring 1.5 meters in length, it easily attaches to wall brackets or posts to create flexible barriers. This product effectively addresses the need for crowd control and space management in busy venues without compromising on style, making it a wise choice for those who value both form and function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500(L) x 32(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1.5m - ideal for versatile usage in various settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwisted rope effect creates a sophisticated look\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eZinc alloy ends provide strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to attach to wall brackets or posts for quick setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish design suits upscale environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSoft texture enhances user experience for guests and staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile 1.5m length fits perfectly in tight spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials ensure longevity even in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick installation helps you set up barriers in no time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive design complements the decor of any venue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFunctional accessory that serves multiple purposes - crowd control, VIP access, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Barrier Rope\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the need for frequent replacements, saving you money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStylish design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances the overall atmosphere of your venue.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEase of installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows for quick adjustments to your space as needed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile length\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSuitable for a variety of applications, giving you flexibility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Black Twist Barrier Rope seamlessly fits into numerous settings, providing functionality and style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for sectioning off private dining areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars to designate exclusive zones for special events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNightclubs to manage entry points and crowd movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConventions and exhibitions for clear layout directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor events to create temporary barriers and guided paths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward with this barrier rope; simply attach it to compatible wall brackets or posts for secure fitting. Regular cleaning may be required to maintain its appearance, but the durable materials reduce the need for extensive upkeep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the barrier rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Black Twist Barrier Rope measures 1.5 meters in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the barrier rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rope is made from a soft-textured material with durable zinc alloy ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the rope be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile it is designed for various environments, ensure it's secured properly if used in outdoor settings to prevent wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your venue's functionality and style with the Black Twist Barrier Rope 1.5m. Order today to enhance your crowd management solutions while adding a touch of to your space.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810517467521,"sku":"CF136","price":67.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d886be34ee3bd5fc250bee134e4935c7.png?v=1781698210"},{"product_id":"1-5m-gold-barrier-rope-for-commercial-pubs-and-restaurants","title":"1.5m Gold Barrier Rope for Commercial Pubs and Restaurants","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gold Twist Barrier Rope 1.5m is the ideal solution for establishments looking to manage customer flow while adding an elegant touch. Perfect for pubs, clubs, bars, and restaurants, this barrier rope effectively controls entrances and exits, ensuring a smooth experience for patrons while enhancing security. It is not just functional; it also complements the decor of various environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a soft texture, the Gold Twist Barrier Rope is designed for durability and ease of use. Its domed brass ends provide a secure attachment to wall brackets or posts, making it a reliable choice for high-traffic areas. By utilizing this barrier rope, you can enhance guest safety while creating an organized and inviting space for your customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500(L) x 32(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 600g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft texture fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter\u003c\/strong\u003e 32mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnds\u003c\/strong\u003e Domed brass ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit seamlessly with existing decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable and -lasting construction ensures it withstands daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eElegant appearance elevates the aesthetic of any venue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and remove as needed to adapt to changing layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSoft texture provides a comfortable grip while maintaining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDomed brass ends enhance the appearance of your barriers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe 1.5m length is ideal for marking off small to medium areas effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to transport and reposition as necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use in various hospitality settings adds adaptability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurability ensures that your investment will last for years to come.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Barrier Ropes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eElegant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances the aesthetic appeal of your establishment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures longevity and a reliable barrier solution.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy attachment\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplifies setup for quick layout changes without hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Gold Twist Barrier Rope excels in a variety of settings, providing both functionality and style. It is particularly effective in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePubs, where managing queues is essential during peak hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClubs, to designate VIP areas and improve guest flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars, ensuring a smooth experience at busy entrances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants, where creating an organized waiting area can enhance customer satisfaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues, effectively guiding guests through large spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis barrier rope is straightforward to install. Simply attach the domed brass ends to a compatible wall bracket or post. Regular inspection and cleaning will keep the rope looking fresh and extend its life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the Gold Twist Barrier Rope made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe barrier rope features a soft texture fabric with durable domed brass ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the barrier rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rope measures 1.5 meters in length, making it suitable for a variety of applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this barrier rope be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile it is designed for durability, it's best suited for indoor use to preserve the aesthetic quality of the rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Gold Twist Barrier Rope 1.5m is a stylish and practical choice for managing customer flow in various settings. Order today and elevate the organization and of your venue.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810517762433,"sku":"Y806","price":21.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4ce72d91c2fba95ac3413905b1691c45.png?v=1781698216"},{"product_id":"10-shelf-commercial-tray-clearing-trolley-for-catering-use","title":"10-Shelf Commercial Tray Clearing Trolley for Catering Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 10-Shelf Tray Clearing Trolley is designed specifically for busy catering environments where efficiency and hygiene are paramount. Perfect for chefs, catering staff, and food service professionals, this trolley streamlines operations by allowing for quick and easy transportation of trays and dishes, helping maintain a tidy workspace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality steel with a robust grey enamel finish, this trolley can withstand the rigors of daily use without compromising on strength. Its thoughtfully designed features, including large castors for effortless mobility, make it a practical choice for any catering operation. Enjoy the ease of maintaining a clean and hygienic environment while maximizing productivity with this essential tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1393(H) x 485(W) x 578(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 15kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey enamel finish, epoxy coated frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 5\" castors provide smooth transportation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMaximum weight capacity of 60kg meets heavy-duty catering demands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust steel construction ensures -lasting durability under daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows for efficient management of trays in busy service areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBraked castors enhance safety during transport, preventing unwanted movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to reposition, facilitating thorough cleaning in food service areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a variety of tray sizes for versatile use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade in the UK, guaranteeing high quality and craftsmanship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Tray Trolley\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWithstands the demands of daily catering use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStreamlines operations by reducing the number of trips needed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy mobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows for quick transport between kitchens and serving areas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHygienic design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures cleanliness in your food preparation and service spaces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10-Shelf Tray Clearing Trolley excels in various settings, making it indispensable in the catering industry. Its design and functionality cater to diverse applications, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants managing multiple courses efficiently\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies facilitating large events\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBanquet halls serving food to large groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSchools and universities for cafeteria services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealthcare facilities where meal delivery is essential\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets that require quick clearing of used trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, regularly check the castors and ensure they are free from debris. Clean the trolley with a damp cloth to maintain the grey enamel finish and avoid abrasive cleaning materials to protect the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum weight capacity of the 10-Shelf Tray Clearing Trolley is 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley dimensions are 1393mm in height, 485mm in width, and 578mm in depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this trolley hold various tray sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley is designed to accommodate trays with dimensions from a minimum of 330(W) x 430(D)mm to a maximum of 360(W) x 460(D)mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 10-Shelf Tray Clearing Trolley for a robust, efficient solution to your catering needs. Enhance your food service operations today by placing your order!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810574975361,"sku":"P103","price":1027.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f9e94ce994f63a2018f8ba027bb26226.png?v=1781698669"},{"product_id":"10w-led-gls-light-bulbs-cool-white-edison-screw-10-pack","title":"10W LED GLS Light Bulbs Cool Edison Screw 10 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Maxim LED GLS Edison Screw Cool 10W (10 Pack) is a versatile lighting solution designed for those who seek efficiency and precision in their lighting displays. Ideal for both home and commercial use, these LED bulbs provide immediate control over the ambiance, helping to create a well-lit environment perfect for any setting. Whether you’re illuminating a retail space or enhancing your kitchen, these bulbs offer the crisp, light needed for clarity and focus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with durable plastic and aluminium, these bulbs ensure -lasting performance while maintaining an attractive appearance. The 4000K colour temperature not only elevates the aesthetic of any space but also solves the problem of poor lighting by rendering colours accurately. Designed with an Edison screw fitting, installation is a breeze, making them a practical choice for any light fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 100(H) x 60(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \u0026amp; Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 38g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour Temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e 4000 K\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e A+\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Life\u003c\/strong\u003e 25000 hr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLumens\u003c\/strong\u003e 806 lm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquivalent to\u003c\/strong\u003e a 60W traditional bulb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient design reduces electricity bills while maximizing light output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInstant-on feature illuminates spaces immediately without warm-up time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafe and reliable, perfect for task lighting in kitchens and bathrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size fits easily into light fixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo flickering or humming for a comfortable lighting experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCrisp light – Improves visibility and enhances color accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e lifespan – Reduces the frequency and costs of replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e efficient – Lower consumption helps the environment and cuts costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy installation – Compatible with Edison screw fittings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMulti-purpose use – Suitable for homes, offices, and retail environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo toxic materials – Safe for both home and commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Light Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e Rating A+\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduce electricity costs while enjoying bright lighting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e25000 hr bulb life\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess hassle and expense with fewer replacements needed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e4000K colour temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy enhanced visibility, making it easier to focus on tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEdison screw fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick and straightforward installation for anyone.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Maxim LED bulbs excel in various applications, providing reliable lighting wherever needed. Suitable for both commercial and residential use, they ensure that your spaces remain inviting and productive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail displays – Enhance product visibility and appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eKitchens – Provide bright, focused light for cooking and preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBathrooms – Illuminate spaces safely and efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffices – Promote concentration with clean, bright lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGeneral home use – Brighten living areas, bedrooms, and hallways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Maxim LED bulbs is simple, thanks to their Edison screw fitting. Just screw them into your existing fixtures for instant illumination. No special maintenance is required; enjoy hassle-free lighting for years with minimal care needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow will these bulbs last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bulbs have a lifespan of approximately 25,000 hours, providing -term, reliable lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the colour temperature of this bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Maxim LED bulb features a cool colour temperature of 4000K, delivering crisp and accurate light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these bulbs dimmable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the Maxim LED bulbs are not dimmable, ensuring consistent, bright light output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your lighting experience with the Maxim LED GLS Edison Screw Cool 10W bulbs. Perfect for any application, these bulbs combine efficiency and clarity, ensuring your spaces are beautifully illuminated. Order today to transform your lighting solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810590507393,"sku":"HC656","price":28.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/581cbbca2cb5149990c6602b09459d16.png?v=1781699302"},{"product_id":"10w-led-gls-light-bulbs-warm-white-10-pack-commercial-use","title":"10W LED GLS Light Bulbs Warm 10 Pack Commercial Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Maxim LED GLS Edison Screw Warm 10W (10 Pack) is the ideal lighting solution for anyone seeking a warm and inviting atmosphere. Perfectly suited for homes, cafes, and various venues, these bulbs provide a gentle luminance that replicates the charm of traditional incandescent bulbs. The warm colour temperature of 2700K ensures comfort and relaxation, making them a top choice for creating a pleasant environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a durable blend of plastic and aluminium, the Maxim LED bulbs not only offer a stylish design but also an impressive lifespan of 25,000 hours. This longevity eliminates the hassle of frequent replacements, delivering significant economic benefits over time. With an A+ rating, these bulbs represent a shift toward more sustainable lighting without sacrificing performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 100(H) x 60(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \u0026amp; Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 38g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour Temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e 2700 K\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 x Light Bulbs – 10W each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient design reduces electricity costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm glow enhances intimacy and comfort in spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo flickering, creating a consistent light quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutstanding rating of A+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerates 806 lumens, efficient lighting for various settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Edison screw fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -lasting durability reduces the need for replacements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnvironmentally friendly with lower consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable light output free from flickers enhances safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Light Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e lifespan of 25,000 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFewer replacements mean less hassle and cost-savings over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA+ rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelps lower electricity bills while providing efficient lighting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreates a cozy atmosphere in any space, enhancing the overall mood.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy installation in a variety of fixtures without the need for modifications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimple handling and installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Maxim LED bulbs are versatile and suitable for a wide range of applications. Here are some ideal settings where they truly excel:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResidential spaces like living rooms and bedrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafes and restaurants for a welcoming ambiance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels, providing a warm and inviting feel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArt galleries, enhancing the visual experience without glare\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffices where relaxation and comfort are prioritized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bulbs are designed for straightforward installation in Edison screw fittings. Ensure the power is turned off before replacing old bulbs. Regularly check the bulbs for dust accumulation and clean them gently to maintain optimal brightness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the bulbs dimmable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the Maxim LED bulbs are not dimmable but provide consistent lighting without flickering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much do these bulbs save compared to traditional bulbs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith an A+ rating, these bulbs use significantly less power, leading to lower costs compared to traditional 60W incandescent bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of fittings do these bulbs require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulbs use a Edison screw fitting, making them compatible with most existing light fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a reliable, -efficient lighting solution, the Maxim LED GLS Edison Screw Warm 10W bulbs offer an excellent choice. Order today to enhance your space with beautiful, warm lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810590572929,"sku":"HC652","price":28.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2fb5066dc56e842c1db0747c81f4152e.png?v=1781699309"},{"product_id":"12-commercial-vintage-pendant-light-in-pewter-and-copper","title":"12\" Commercial Vintage Pendant Light in Pewter and Copper","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Old Factory Pendant Pewter and Copper 305mm is a stunning lighting solution designed for those who appreciate a vintage aesthetic combined with modern functionality. Perfectly suited for restaurants, cafes, and homes that aim to evoke the charm of a 1920s speakeasy, this pendant light not only illuminates your space but also enhances its character. It brings warmth and nostalgia to dining areas, making every meal an occasion that is worth celebrating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with quality materials, the Old Factory Pendant is beautifully finished in a mix of dark pewter, sleek copper, and light pewter, reflecting the essence of industrial chic. Its conical shape is not just a design choice; it serves a functional purpose by directing light downward, highlighting your culinary creations while providing an inviting ambiance for your guests. Its handmade quality sets it apart, ensuring that each piece is unique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 200(H) x 304(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Copper\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Copper \u0026amp; Pewter\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient design rated A++\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFinished with protective lacquer for -lasting durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rated for indoor use, ensuring safety and suitability for interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHandmade and finished craftsmanship adds a personal touch to your space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConical shape maximizes downward light, ideal for showcasing dining setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProtective lacquer finish prevents wear and tear over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient, helping to reduce electricity costs without compromising on style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for Edison screw bulbs, offering flexibility in lighting options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design ensures easy installation and movement if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Pendant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUnique Handcrafted Detail\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEach pendant is one-of-a-kind, adding character to your decor.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDirectional Lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfectly highlights dining tables and intimate spaces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintains its beauty and functionality for years to come.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe versatile design of the Old Factory Pendant makes it an excellent choice for various environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes looking to enhance ambiance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHomes with open-plan dining and kitchen areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars aiming for a vintage-inspired lighting scheme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eArt galleries where lighting plays a significant role in presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent spaces for weddings and gatherings needing a classic touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pendant comes with a 1m fabric flex cord for easy installation. It is recommended to use Edison screw bulbs, which are not included. Regular cleaning will help maintain its shine and reduce dust buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of bulb is compatible with the Old Factory Pendant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits Edison screw bulbs up to 40W, which are not supplied with the pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs installation hardware included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting screws are not supplied, so please ensure you have the necessary hardware for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the pendant is rated, indicating it is suitable for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your interior with the Old Factory Pendant Pewter and Copper 305mm, where functionality meets vintage. Order today to transform your space into a charming and inviting setting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810616230273,"sku":"DY660","price":256.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ac261dfecc4fae314c7ca1f9426329a3.png?v=1781699537"},{"product_id":"12-industrial-pendant-light-fixture-in-pewter-and-brass-finish","title":"12\" Industrial Pendant Light Fixture in Pewter and Brass Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Old Factory Pendant Pewter and Brass 305mm is an exquisite lighting solution designed to elevate any space, whether it’s a cozy dining area or a contemporary kitchen. This pendant is perfect for those who appreciate a blend of industrial charm and minimalism, providing a warm and inviting atmosphere that your guests will be drawn to. Its sleek design adds a distinctive touch to various interiors, making it a versatile addition to both residential and commercial settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality brass and finished with a unique metallic blend of pewter and copper hues, this pendant not only shines aesthetically but is built to last. Perfectly constructed with durability in mind, it addresses the common challenge of finding lighting that is both stylish and functional. The distinctive conical shape directs light downwards, creating a spotlight effect that enhances your dining experience. The Old Factory Pendant also effortlessly embodies the raw and authentic feel of industrial design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 200(H) x 304(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass \u0026amp; Pewter\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Rating A++ for efficient lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFinished with a protective lacquer to ensure -lasting beauty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHandmade and expertly finished for a unique touch in every piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreates a captivating that elevates dining experiences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConical shape enhances light distribution, casting comfortable shadows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile design complements various decor styles from modern to rustic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials ensure longevity, reducing the need for replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow rating helps in reducing electricity bills while providing ample illumination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to combine with different bulb types for customized lighting effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Pendant\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStylish Industrial Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances the overall aesthetic of any space, making it more attractive.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures -term use without frequent replacements, saving you money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLight Focused Direction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIdeal for illuminating dining areas, bringing attention to your table settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Old Factory Pendant is adaptive and integrates seamlessly into various environments. Its distinctive design and color make it suitable for multiple applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDining rooms for a classic yet modern touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eKitchens, enhancing the cooking and dining experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and restaurants that require ambient and directed lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eArt galleries or showrooms to highlight artworks or displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLoft-style apartments that embrace industrial aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires mounting procedures. Ensure you have compatible Edison screw bulbs (not supplied) for optimal performance. Regularly check connections and clean the fixture with a soft cloth to maintain its shine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of bulb do I need for this pendant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pendant fits Edison screw bulbs up to 40W, which are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the finish durable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is finished with a protective lacquer to enhance durability and maintain its aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this pendant be used in commercial settings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! Its design and durability make it ideal for both residential and commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your spaces with the charming of the Old Factory Pendant Pewter and Brass 305mm. Order today to enhance your home or business with this stunning lighting fixture!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810616328577,"sku":"DY658","price":256.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4cd0908ce798227180684a3bb570a24e.png?v=1781699558"},{"product_id":"1200mm-commercial-stainless-steel-prep-table-with-undershelf","title":"1200mm Commercial Stainless Steel Prep Table with Undershelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Stainless Steel Prep Table with Upstand 1200mm is the ideal workspace for kitchens and culinary enthusiasts alike. Engineered with precision and functionality in mind, this table offers a reliable and spacious surface for food preparation, ensuring efficiency for even the busiest kitchen environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality 430 stainless steel, this prep table is designed to withstand the rigors of daily use. Its robust build quality is complemented by a hygienic surface that facilitates easy cleaning, making it the perfect choice for maintaining sanitary food preparation areas. The addition of a convenient undershelf provides an extra layer of functionality, allowing users to keep essential tools and equipment within arm's reach while maximizing workspace.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 220(H) x 730(W) x 1320(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e 430 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 34 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePolished stainless steel finish enhances durability and aesthetic appeal. \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e60mm rear upstand prevents splashes, keeping walls and floors cleaner. \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStable four-foot design ensures even positioning on any kitchen floor. \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGalvanised steel undershelf for quick access to commonly used items. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel legs add ultimate strength and stability, reducing wobbling during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe easy-to-clean smooth surface minimizes downtime during busy cooking sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe generous height of 900mm ensures comfortable working posture for prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlat-packed supply with shelf and fixings allows for effortless self-assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile design enables pairing with other kitchen surfaces for a cohesive look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe upstand provides an additional safeguard against equipment falling off the table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Work Benches And Prep Tables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSturdy stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable and -lasting, ensuring you won’t need frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHygienic food preparation area\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintain safety standards effortlessly, so you can focus on cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpace-saving design with undershelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaximize your kitchen efficiency by keeping close at hand.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRear upstand for safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrevents spills and accidents, creating a safer working environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stainless Steel Prep Table with Upstand 1200mm excels in a variety of settings and industries. Its design and functionality make it suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens in restaurants and catering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial bakeries requiring a steady prep area\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies looking for reliable work surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks needing portable and durable equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens aiming for a touch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor easy self-assembly, the Stainless Steel Prep Table comes flat-packed with all necessary fixings included. Regularly wipe the surface with a damp cloth to maintain hygiene and appearance, ensuring your workspace remains clean and welcoming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the material of the prep table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table is made from 430 stainless steel, known for its durability and resistance to corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow high is the table including the rear upstand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table height is 960mm when including the rear upstand, providing ergonomic comfort during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for this prep table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Stainless Steel Prep Table comes with a 3-year warranty, ensuring peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith its durable construction and thoughtful design, the Stainless Steel Prep Table with Upstand 1200mm is essential for any kitchen. Order today to enhance your culinary workspace!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810616787329,"sku":"T381","price":391.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3c0e2a0d18bdc50f5fb78fb133d0d498.png?v=1781699598"},{"product_id":"1500mm-commercial-stainless-steel-prep-table-with-upstand","title":"1500mm Commercial Stainless Steel Prep Table with Upstand","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Stainless Steel Prep Table with Upstand 1500mm is an essential addition for any kitchen, designed for chefs who prioritize efficiency and cleanliness. This robust workbench not only provides ample workspace but also ensures that your ingredients are prepared in a safe and hygienic manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality 430 stainless steel, this prep table exemplifies durability and resilience. Its stainless steel legs contribute to the overall strength and stability, making it ideal for the busiest of culinary environments. The added undershelf provides convenient storage for essential kitchen tools, solving clutter problems while keeping your workspace organized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 220(H) x 740(W) x 1600(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e 430 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 41 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolished stainless steel finish for a sleek, look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60mm rear upstand prevents splashes, keeping surrounding areas clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable four feet design ensures even positioning on various floor types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat-packed for easy self-assembly, saving time during installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHygienic food prep surface that meets health regulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace-saving undershelf helps organize kitchen effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy wipe-clean surface that simplifies maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy construction minimizing risk of wobbling or tipping during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible height allows seamless integration into existing kitchen setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable design promises longevity, supporting withstanding heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Work Benches And Prep Tables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStable, solid construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhanced safety and reduced accidents in busy kitchens.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHygienic preparation surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompliance with health standards, ensuring food safety.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvenient undershelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy access to necessary tools, improving workflow efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduced maintenance time, allowing for quick transitions between tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible installation options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustomized workflow setup tailored to your kitchen layout.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis prep table shines in various culinary settings, thanks to its versatile build and features. It is particularly effective in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for busy restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering events requiring portable prep areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks that need efficient equipment while limited on space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality businesses focused on high-volume food service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEducational institutions with culinary programs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal home kitchens for serious cooking enthusiasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stainless Steel Prep Table is supplied flat-packed with all necessary components for easy assembly. Regular cleaning with mild detergent will maintain its polished finish and hygiene standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the height of the table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table height is 900mm (960mm including the rear upstand), offering ergonomic convenience for food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with a 3-year warranty, reflecting its durable construction and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the table made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stainless Steel Prep Table is made from 430 stainless steel, providing a safe and robust surface for food prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Stainless Steel Prep Table with Upstand 1500mm for a reliable, hygienic, and organized cooking space. Order today to elevate the efficiency of your kitchen!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810650898817,"sku":"T382","price":544.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/393afb4c81492b0a08a569f274821783.png?v=1781700329"},{"product_id":"15kw-commercial-patio-heater-with-safety-features-and-mesh-guard","title":"15kW Commercial Patio Heater with Safety Features and Mesh Guard","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Flame Heater Black is an exceptional addition to your outdoor living space, perfect for those seeking warmth and ambiance during chilly evenings. Designed for both residential and commercial use, this patio heater provides a comfortable and inviting atmosphere, ensuring you can enjoy your favorite outdoor activities year-round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with safety and efficiency in mind, the features a protective mesh, a quality quartz glass tube, and durable protector grills. It addresses the challenges of outdoor heating by combining sophisticated design with essential safety mechanisms, including an anti-tilt device and a safety pilot assembly, distinguishing it as a reliable choice for outdoor warmth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Output\u003c\/strong\u003e Variable up to 15kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel cylinder housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIgnition\u003c\/strong\u003e Integral Piezo ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-tilt \u0026amp; safety pilot assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWheels for ease of movement, making it portable and flexible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHinged access door for easy propane access and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes hose and propane regulator for user convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProtective mesh screen provides added safety during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality quartz glass tube for efficient heat distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable heat output allows customization for your comfort level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAnti-tilt design ensures stability and peace of mind during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePortable with wheels, easy to reposition to suit any gathering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHinged access enables quick and simple refueling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials ensure -lasting performance in outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety pilot assembly automatically shuts off gas when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Patio Heater\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh heat output\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStay warm even on the coldest nights, extending your outdoor enjoyment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy mobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdapt to different outdoor areas, providing warmth wherever needed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind knowing you have reliable protection while using the heater.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability that stands up to various weather conditions ensures longevity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Flame Heater excels in various settings, making it a versatile choice for a number of outdoor spaces. It is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eResidential patios for family gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor restaurants to offer comfort to diners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent spaces for weddings and gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBackyards to create a cozy ambiance in chillier weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGardens to enhance evening enjoyment of the outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward, with required installation components included. Be to regularly check the hose and connections for gas leaks and clean the protective mesh to maintain efficiency and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of fuel does the heater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Flame Heater operates with propane fuel, ensuring a reliable and efficient heat source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the heater easy to move?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features wheels for easy movement, allowing you to reposition it as needed for various gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety features are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heater includes an anti-tilt device and safety pilot assembly for additional safety during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your outdoor space with the Flame Heater Black. Enjoy delightful gatherings and cozy evenings outdoors with the peace of mind that comes from its robust safety features. Order today and elevate your outdoor experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810822275457,"sku":"FS329","price":1430.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1f748a44d4c01a8a25e18d1a190a733f.png?v=1781704151"},{"product_id":"1800mm-commercial-stainless-steel-prep-table-with-adjustable-shelf","title":"1800mm Commercial Stainless Steel Prep Table with Adjustable Shelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Stainless Steel Prep Table 1800mm is an essential workbench designed for busy kitchens and catering operations. It offers ample surface area and robust construction, making it ideal for chefs and caterers who demand efficiency and organization in their workspace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from 430 stainless steel, this prep table is built for durability and resilience. Its wipeable surface ensures that cleaning up after meal preparations is quick and effortless, while the adjustable height shelf provides flexibility for storing various kitchen appliances. Its thoughtful design helps keep back-of-house areas clutter-free, making it a valuable addition to any commercial kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed 140(H) x 730(W) x 1910(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 430 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed 44 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeight adjustable shelf to store items and appliances of various sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelivered flat packed for easy self-assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMaximum load capacity of 500kg supports heavy appliances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSurface area of 1.08m² offers significant workspace for food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePolished stainless steel finish enhances aesthetic appeal and reduces rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean surface ensures kitchen hygiene is maintained.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeight adjustable galvanised steel undershelf provides extra storage space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy construction supports heavy loads, making it ideal for commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlat-packed design simplifies transportation and setup in any kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes 4 feet for stability on uneven surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Work Benches And Prep Tables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting use and performance, saving you money over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGet your kitchen operational quickly with minimal downtime.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGenerous workspace\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient meal prep with ample room for all your ingredients and tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFlexible storage options\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomise your storage to meet the specific needs of your kitchen operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stainless Steel Prep Table excels in various environments, making it a versatile tool for food preparation and organization. Ideal uses include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens in restaurants and cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services for large events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood processing areas in warehouses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakery and pastry operations requiring dedicated preparation space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMobile food trucks needing a solid work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward thanks to the flat-packed design, and care is minimal: simply wipe down the stainless steel surface with a suitable cleaner to maintain its shine and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of the table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum load capacity is 500kg, making it suitable for heavy appliances and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the prep table easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stainless steel surface is designed to be easily wiped clean, ensuring your kitchen remains hygienic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the prep table comes with a 3-year warranty for peace of mind with your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Stainless Steel Prep Table 1800mm today for a durable and efficient workspace that enhances your kitchen operations. Order now and streamline your food preparation process!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810828534145,"sku":"T378","price":580.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d044bcd8170457825475dea8caa15527.png?v=1781704352"},{"product_id":"1800mm-natural-bamboo-artificial-plant-for-indoor-and-outdoor-use","title":"1800mm Artificial Plant For Indoor And Outdoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 1800mm is an exquisite artificial plant that perfectly blends with functionality. Ideal for any indoor or outdoor space, this stunning addition brings the beauty of nature into your environment without the hassle of maintenance. Whether you're furnishing a foyer, reception area, or dining establishment, this life-like bamboo plant enhances your decor while providing a refreshing atmosphere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality materials, the 1800mm mimics the look and feel of real bamboo with remarkable accuracy. Its longevity eliminates the common challenges associated with live plants, such as watering and leaf drop, making it an excellent choice for allergy sufferers. The colourfast feature ensures it retains its vibrant appearance whether indoors or outdoors, while the fire-retardant material adds an extra layer of safety, tested to BS 5852 standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1800(H)mm | 70¾(H)\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 11kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Colourfast for exterior use\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Fire retardant material tested to BS 5852\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEverlasting – no need to water\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean – simply dust regularly\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafe for allergy sufferers – no pollen or leaf drop\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePlanters not included – available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMimics real bamboo – enhances any setting with a natural look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction – designed to withstand the outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafe for diverse environments – suitable for homes, offices, and public spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow maintenance – perfect for busy professionals or spaces with high foot traffic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable and -lasting – an investment that continues to beautify over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFire-retardant feature – provides peace of mind for safety-conscious buyers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Artificial Plants And Planters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRealistic appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances aesthetic appeal in any space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFire retardant\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreases safety, making it ideal for public areas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEverlasting quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo need for watering or special care, saving you time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eColourfast materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRetains vibrancy in outdoor applications; looks great year-round.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1800mm excels in various environments, providing an elegant solution for those seeking to add greenery without the upkeep of live plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFoyers and reception areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDining establishments and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffice spaces and meeting rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor patios and gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues and exhibitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is simple as the 1800mm can be placed in any suitable planter. For care, just dust occasionally to keep it looking fresh and vibrant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the 1800mm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plant is made from fire retardant materials tested to BS 5852 for enhanced safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this product suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is colourfast for exterior use, making it perfect for patios or gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to water this plant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the 1800mm requires no watering, eliminating maintenance needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your space effortlessly with the 1800mm. Order today and enjoy the beauty of nature without the upkeep.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810828697985,"sku":"CC576","price":304.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/913e5166411e2797afe9f6d9d8a6c334.png?v=1781704352"},{"product_id":"18kg-flat-metal-parasol-base-for-commercial-use-620mm-width","title":"18kg Flat Metal Parasol Base for Commercial Use 620mm Width","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Flat Metal Parasol Base - 18kg is an essential accessory for your outdoor seating areas, designed for those who prioritize stability and style while enjoying the sun. Ideal for cafes, restaurants, and private gardens, this base provides the necessary support to keep your parasol securely in place, ensuring you can bask in the shade without worry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis parasol base is crafted from durable powder-coated steel, offering not just strength but also a contemporary look that complements various outdoor settings. Weighing 18kg, it effectively anchors your parasols, making it an ideal choice for windy days. Especially suited for use under tables, it enhances stability, giving you peace of mind while you entertain or relax outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 18kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 620(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSleek flat design adds a modern touch to any outdoor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a tightening adaptor to secure your parasol efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatibility with parasol poles of 38\/48mm diameter for versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for maximum stability when placed under a table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavyweight design prevents tipping, ensuring a secure setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowder-coated finish safeguards against rust, providing longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and remove, making seasonal storage hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eModern aesthetic enhances the of outdoor dining areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile compatibility with popular parasol ranges increases utility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for hassle-free maintenance and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Parasol Base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStable and secure support\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo more worries about your parasol being blown away.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy -lasting use without the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eModern and stylish design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhance the aesthetics of your outdoor space effortlessly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Flat Metal Parasol Base is ideal for various outdoor environments, making it a versatile addition to your equipment. It excels in the following areas:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor cafes and restaurants for dining comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome gardens to enhance personal relaxation spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatios and balconies for private shading solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues for outdoor gatherings and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial spaces requiring robust parasol support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the base securely under a table, ensuring the parasol pole fits snugly in the designated adaptor. Routine cleaning with mild soap and water will maintain the appearance and longevity of the powder-coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the Flat Metal Parasol Base?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base weighs 18kg, providing excellent stability for your parasol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat parasol pole sizes does it accommodate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base is compatible with pole diameters of 38mm and 48mm, including the Seville and Sicily ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this base be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the powder-coated steel material is designed for outdoor use, offering durability and resistance to rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your outdoor experience with the Flat Metal Parasol Base. Shop now and enjoy the peace of mind that comes with a stable and stylish parasol setup.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829255041,"sku":"FU510","price":122.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e236b78746ab94c757d276e0b20023f5.png?v=1781704359"},{"product_id":"18w-commercial-fly-killer-replacement-fluorescent-light-tube","title":"18W Commercial Fly Killer Replacement Fluorescent Light Tube","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Fly Killer Replacement Fluorescent Tube 18W is an essential lighting solution designed for those who prioritize cleanliness and guest comfort. Engineered specifically for use in fly zapping devices, this 18-watt fluorescent tube is perfect for restaurants, kitchens, and any space where food is present, effectively keeping flying pests away from your precious dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed to enhance durability and performance, the replacement tube emits a light that attracts flies, enabling effective pest control while maintaining a pleasant ambiance. Its design allows it to seamlessly fit into the fly zapper, making it a convenient choice for any establishment seeking to safeguard their food and guests from unwanted insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 90g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 60.5cm \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 18W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits perfectly with fly zapper \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFluorescent light attracts flies to reduce pest presence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install, making replacement a straightforward task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting performance to keep your establishment bug-free effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffective pest control - helps maintain a clean environment for food service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy replacement - ensuring your fly zapper is always ready for use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive for flies - draws unwanted insects away from diners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction - designed for consistent performance in high-use areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design - easy handling during installation and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient operation - contributes to lower costs over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Light Bulb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFluorescent lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAttracts flies, ensuring a cleaner environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatibility with specific zapper\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect fit for hassle-free installation and reliable performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFewer replacements, saving you time and money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement tube is ideal for a variety of settings, where effective pest control is crucial. Here are some suggestions on where it excels:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor dining setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWarehouses with food storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacing the old bulb with the Fly Killer Replacement Fluorescent Tube 18W is straightforward. Ensure the device is turned off before installation, then carefully fit the bulb into the fly zapper, following any included instructions for optimal compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I replace the bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's recommended to replace the bulb every 6 to 12 months, depending on usage, to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this bulb efficient?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 18W fluorescent tube is designed to be -efficient while providing effective attraction for unwanted flies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this bulb in other types of fly zappers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fluorescent tube is specifically designed for the fly zapper. It may not fit properly in other models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your space remains free of unwelcome pests with the Fly Killer Replacement Fluorescent Tube 18W. Shop now for a cleaner, safer environment for your guests and food.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829287809,"sku":"P153","price":24.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9d400b19767246ac91ee631d441be639.png?v=1781704359"},{"product_id":"19-3m-commercial-multi-coloured-led-string-lights-for-indoor-outdoor","title":"19.3m Commercial Multi-Coloured LED String Lights for Indoor\/Outdoor","description":"\u003cp\u003eStatus Nybro 720 Multi Coloured LED Indoor\/Outdoor String Lights are the perfect addition for anyone looking to enhance both indoor and outdoor spaces. Ideal for seasonal celebrations or year-round ambiance, these string lights provide a cheerful mix of red, green, blue, and yellow hues to brighten any environment. Their vibrant illumination creates an inviting atmosphere for gatherings, holidays, or simply adding a touch of charm to your living space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with quality materials, these mains-powered lights boast a cable length of 19.3m, ensuring ample reach and flexibility for various setups. The design includes a thoughtful feature, positioning the first LED 10 metres from the plug, which allows you to keep the plug indoors or in a dry box for added safety. The Status Nybro lights solve the common problem of limited decorating options, making it easy and convenient to create the desired effect in your home or garden without compromising safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 780g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e - light chain only\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 19.3m\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance to First LED\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Source\u003c\/strong\u003e Mains powered, green cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 decorative modes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor use all year round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlexible positioning allows for various decorative setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMulticoloured bulbs bring vibrant life to any space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and reposition as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rating protects against splashes and moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile for both festive and everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMulticoloured illumination enhances the mood at any gathering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLengthy cable offers ample reach for larger spaces or outdoor areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMultiple lighting functions provide options for every occasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable design ensures -lasting performance across seasons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMains power eliminates the hassle of battery replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rating makes these lights reliable for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This String Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVibrant multicoloured display\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreates a lively atmosphere for parties or home decoration.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e cable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows flexible positioning in large or outdoor areas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEight lighting functions\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomize illumination to suit any mood or event.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafe for use in various weather conditions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Status Nybro 720 string lights cater to a variety of applications, making them versatile for numerous settings. Whether you're planning a festive celebration or simply want to enhance your home decor, these lights are your go-to solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for holiday decorations, such as Christmas or birthdays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for outdoor gatherings like barbecues and picnics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for enhancing patios, gardens, or balconies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful for indoor decoration, creating cozy atmospheres in living rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is simple—just plug in and position as desired for your indoor or outdoor space. For optimal performance, ensure that the plug remains dry and protected from direct moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the power requirements for the Status Nybro lights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese string lights are mains powered, eliminating the need for battery replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the lights be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the lights have an rating, making them suitable for outdoor use as they are protected against splashes and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lighting functions do these lights have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Status Nybro string lights feature a of eight functions for varied decorative effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your space with the Status Nybro 720 Multi Coloured LED Indoor\/Outdoor String Lights. With versatile applications and stunning lighting options, these string lights are an excellent choice for both festive and everyday use. Order today and brighten your environment with colorful charm!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829484417,"sku":"HY742","price":26.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/732ae1fc11a470ca74d925f8724e94a3.png?v=1781704360"},{"product_id":"1800mm-commercial-stainless-steel-prep-table-with-adjustable-shelf-1","title":"1800mm Commercial Stainless Steel Prep Table with Adjustable Shelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Stainless Steel Prep Table 1800mm is an essential workbench designed for busy kitchens and catering operations. It offers ample surface area and robust construction, making it ideal for chefs and caterers who demand efficiency and organization in their workspace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from 430 stainless steel, this prep table is built for durability and resilience. Its wipeable surface ensures that cleaning up after meal preparations is quick and effortless, while the adjustable height shelf provides flexibility for storing various kitchen appliances. Its thoughtful design helps keep back-of-house areas clutter-free, making it a valuable addition to any commercial kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed 140(H) x 730(W) x 1910(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 430 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed 44 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeight adjustable shelf to store items and appliances of various sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelivered flat packed for easy self-assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMaximum load capacity of 500kg supports heavy appliances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSurface area of 1.08m² offers significant workspace for food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePolished stainless steel finish enhances aesthetic appeal and reduces rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean surface ensures kitchen hygiene is maintained.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeight adjustable galvanised steel undershelf provides extra storage space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy construction supports heavy loads, making it ideal for commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlat-packed design simplifies transportation and setup in any kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes 4 feet for stability on uneven surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Work Benches And Prep Tables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting use and performance, saving you money over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGet your kitchen operational quickly with minimal downtime.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGenerous workspace\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient meal prep with ample room for all your ingredients and tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFlexible storage options\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomise your storage to meet the specific needs of your kitchen operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stainless Steel Prep Table excels in various environments, making it a versatile tool for food preparation and organization. Ideal uses include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens in restaurants and cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services for large events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood processing areas in warehouses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakery and pastry operations requiring dedicated preparation space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMobile food trucks needing a solid work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward thanks to the flat-packed design, and care is minimal: simply wipe down the stainless steel surface with a suitable cleaner to maintain its shine and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of the table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum load capacity is 500kg, making it suitable for heavy appliances and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the prep table easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stainless steel surface is designed to be easily wiped clean, ensuring your kitchen remains hygienic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the prep table comes with a 3-year warranty for peace of mind with your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Stainless Steel Prep Table 1800mm today for a durable and efficient workspace that enhances your kitchen operations. Order now and streamline your food preparation process!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810868543873,"sku":"T378","price":580.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d044bcd8170457825475dea8caa15527_a698d391-0be1-4061-9a7d-bf67ee9fb92e.png?v=1781704906"},{"product_id":"1800mm-natural-bamboo-artificial-plant-for-indoor-and-outdoor-use-1","title":"1800mm Artificial Plant For Indoor And Outdoor Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 1800mm is an exquisite artificial plant that perfectly blends with functionality. Ideal for any indoor or outdoor space, this stunning addition brings the beauty of nature into your environment without the hassle of maintenance. Whether you're furnishing a foyer, reception area, or dining establishment, this life-like bamboo plant enhances your decor while providing a refreshing atmosphere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality materials, the 1800mm mimics the look and feel of real bamboo with remarkable accuracy. Its longevity eliminates the common challenges associated with live plants, such as watering and leaf drop, making it an excellent choice for allergy sufferers. The colourfast feature ensures it retains its vibrant appearance whether indoors or outdoors, while the fire-retardant material adds an extra layer of safety, tested to BS 5852 standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1800(H)mm | 70¾(H)\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 11kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Colourfast for exterior use\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Fire retardant material tested to BS 5852\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEverlasting – no need to water\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean – simply dust regularly\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafe for allergy sufferers – no pollen or leaf drop\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePlanters not included – available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMimics real bamboo – enhances any setting with a natural look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction – designed to withstand the outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafe for diverse environments – suitable for homes, offices, and public spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow maintenance – perfect for busy professionals or spaces with high foot traffic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable and -lasting – an investment that continues to beautify over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFire-retardant feature – provides peace of mind for safety-conscious buyers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Artificial Plants And Planters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRealistic appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances aesthetic appeal in any space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFire retardant\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreases safety, making it ideal for public areas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEverlasting quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo need for watering or special care, saving you time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eColourfast materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRetains vibrancy in outdoor applications; looks great year-round.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1800mm excels in various environments, providing an elegant solution for those seeking to add greenery without the upkeep of live plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFoyers and reception areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDining establishments and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffice spaces and meeting rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor patios and gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues and exhibitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is simple as the 1800mm can be placed in any suitable planter. For care, just dust occasionally to keep it looking fresh and vibrant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the 1800mm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plant is made from fire retardant materials tested to BS 5852 for enhanced safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this product suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is colourfast for exterior use, making it perfect for patios or gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to water this plant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the 1800mm requires no watering, eliminating maintenance needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your space effortlessly with the 1800mm. Order today and enjoy the beauty of nature without the upkeep.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810868511105,"sku":"CC576","price":304.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/913e5166411e2797afe9f6d9d8a6c334_aedda622-462a-44f7-a2ce-fe56c12cc60b.png?v=1781704906"},{"product_id":"18w-commercial-fly-killer-replacement-fluorescent-light-tube-1","title":"18W Commercial Fly Killer Replacement Fluorescent Light Tube","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Fly Killer Replacement Fluorescent Tube 18W is an essential lighting solution designed for those who prioritize cleanliness and guest comfort. Engineered specifically for use in fly zapping devices, this 18-watt fluorescent tube is perfect for restaurants, kitchens, and any space where food is present, effectively keeping flying pests away from your precious dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed to enhance durability and performance, the replacement tube emits a light that attracts flies, enabling effective pest control while maintaining a pleasant ambiance. Its design allows it to seamlessly fit into the fly zapper, making it a convenient choice for any establishment seeking to safeguard their food and guests from unwanted insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 90g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 60.5cm \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 18W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits perfectly with fly zapper \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFluorescent light attracts flies to reduce pest presence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install, making replacement a straightforward task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting performance to keep your establishment bug-free effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffective pest control - helps maintain a clean environment for food service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy replacement - ensuring your fly zapper is always ready for use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive for flies - draws unwanted insects away from diners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction - designed for consistent performance in high-use areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design - easy handling during installation and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient operation - contributes to lower costs over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Light Bulb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFluorescent lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAttracts flies, ensuring a cleaner environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatibility with specific zapper\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect fit for hassle-free installation and reliable performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFewer replacements, saving you time and money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement tube is ideal for a variety of settings, where effective pest control is crucial. Here are some suggestions on where it excels:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor dining setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWarehouses with food storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacing the old bulb with the Fly Killer Replacement Fluorescent Tube 18W is straightforward. Ensure the device is turned off before installation, then carefully fit the bulb into the fly zapper, following any included instructions for optimal compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I replace the bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's recommended to replace the bulb every 6 to 12 months, depending on usage, to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this bulb efficient?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 18W fluorescent tube is designed to be -efficient while providing effective attraction for unwanted flies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this bulb in other types of fly zappers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fluorescent tube is specifically designed for the fly zapper. It may not fit properly in other models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your space remains free of unwelcome pests with the Fly Killer Replacement Fluorescent Tube 18W. Shop now for a cleaner, safer environment for your guests and food.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810869002625,"sku":"P153","price":24.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9d400b19767246ac91ee631d441be639_e7a7da2d-323d-4b13-ba64-177e10aed02d.png?v=1781704912"},{"product_id":"18kg-flat-metal-parasol-base-for-commercial-use-620mm-width-1","title":"18kg Flat Metal Parasol Base for Commercial Use 620mm Width","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Flat Metal Parasol Base - 18kg is an essential accessory for your outdoor seating areas, designed for those who prioritize stability and style while enjoying the sun. Ideal for cafes, restaurants, and private gardens, this base provides the necessary support to keep your parasol securely in place, ensuring you can bask in the shade without worry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis parasol base is crafted from durable powder-coated steel, offering not just strength but also a contemporary look that complements various outdoor settings. Weighing 18kg, it effectively anchors your parasols, making it an ideal choice for windy days. Especially suited for use under tables, it enhances stability, giving you peace of mind while you entertain or relax outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 18kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 620(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSleek flat design adds a modern touch to any outdoor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a tightening adaptor to secure your parasol efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatibility with parasol poles of 38\/48mm diameter for versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for maximum stability when placed under a table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavyweight design prevents tipping, ensuring a secure setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowder-coated finish safeguards against rust, providing longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and remove, making seasonal storage hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eModern aesthetic enhances the of outdoor dining areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile compatibility with popular parasol ranges increases utility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for hassle-free maintenance and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Parasol Base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStable and secure support\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo more worries about your parasol being blown away.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy -lasting use without the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eModern and stylish design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhance the aesthetics of your outdoor space effortlessly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Flat Metal Parasol Base is ideal for various outdoor environments, making it a versatile addition to your equipment. It excels in the following areas:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor cafes and restaurants for dining comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome gardens to enhance personal relaxation spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatios and balconies for private shading solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues for outdoor gatherings and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial spaces requiring robust parasol support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the base securely under a table, ensuring the parasol pole fits snugly in the designated adaptor. Routine cleaning with mild soap and water will maintain the appearance and longevity of the powder-coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the Flat Metal Parasol Base?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base weighs 18kg, providing excellent stability for your parasol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat parasol pole sizes does it accommodate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base is compatible with pole diameters of 38mm and 48mm, including the Seville and Sicily ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this base be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the powder-coated steel material is designed for outdoor use, offering durability and resistance to rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your outdoor experience with the Flat Metal Parasol Base. Shop now and enjoy the peace of mind that comes with a stable and stylish parasol setup.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810869035393,"sku":"FU510","price":122.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e236b78746ab94c757d276e0b20023f5_f02a0ebf-e5be-423d-b1af-5056eaeeda02.png?v=1781704912"},{"product_id":"19-3m-commercial-multi-coloured-led-string-lights-for-indoor-outdoor-1","title":"19.3m Commercial Multi-Coloured LED String Lights for Indoor\/Outdoor","description":"\u003cp\u003eStatus Nybro 720 Multi Coloured LED Indoor\/Outdoor String Lights are the perfect addition for anyone looking to enhance both indoor and outdoor spaces. Ideal for seasonal celebrations or year-round ambiance, these string lights provide a cheerful mix of red, green, blue, and yellow hues to brighten any environment. Their vibrant illumination creates an inviting atmosphere for gatherings, holidays, or simply adding a touch of charm to your living space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with quality materials, these mains-powered lights boast a cable length of 19.3m, ensuring ample reach and flexibility for various setups. The design includes a thoughtful feature, positioning the first LED 10 metres from the plug, which allows you to keep the plug indoors or in a dry box for added safety. The Status Nybro lights solve the common problem of limited decorating options, making it easy and convenient to create the desired effect in your home or garden without compromising safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 780g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e - light chain only\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 19.3m\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance to First LED\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Source\u003c\/strong\u003e Mains powered, green cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 decorative modes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor use all year round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlexible positioning allows for various decorative setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMulticoloured bulbs bring vibrant life to any space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and reposition as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rating protects against splashes and moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile for both festive and everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMulticoloured illumination enhances the mood at any gathering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLengthy cable offers ample reach for larger spaces or outdoor areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMultiple lighting functions provide options for every occasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable design ensures -lasting performance across seasons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMains power eliminates the hassle of battery replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rating makes these lights reliable for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This String Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVibrant multicoloured display\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreates a lively atmosphere for parties or home decoration.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e cable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows flexible positioning in large or outdoor areas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEight lighting functions\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomize illumination to suit any mood or event.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafe for use in various weather conditions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Status Nybro 720 string lights cater to a variety of applications, making them versatile for numerous settings. Whether you're planning a festive celebration or simply want to enhance your home decor, these lights are your go-to solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for holiday decorations, such as Christmas or birthdays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for outdoor gatherings like barbecues and picnics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for enhancing patios, gardens, or balconies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful for indoor decoration, creating cozy atmospheres in living rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is simple—just plug in and position as desired for your indoor or outdoor space. For optimal performance, ensure that the plug remains dry and protected from direct moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the power requirements for the Status Nybro lights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese string lights are mains powered, eliminating the need for battery replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the lights be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the lights have an rating, making them suitable for outdoor use as they are protected against splashes and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lighting functions do these lights have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Status Nybro string lights feature a of eight functions for varied decorative effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your space with the Status Nybro 720 Multi Coloured LED Indoor\/Outdoor String Lights. With versatile applications and stunning lighting options, these string lights are an excellent choice for both festive and everyday use. Order today and brighten your environment with colorful charm!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810869133697,"sku":"HY742","price":26.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/732ae1fc11a470ca74d925f8724e94a3_9a37d56b-411b-428c-89a4-d9b56817c001.png?v=1781704912"},{"product_id":"200mm-cordless-table-lamp-black-aluminium-6-pack","title":"200mm Cordless Table Lamp - Black Aluminium - 6 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Micro LED Cordless Table Lamp 200mm Black (6 Pack) is an elegant lighting solution perfect for enhancing the of various spaces. Ideal for restaurants, cafes, and home dining, this unique table lamp provides flexible and stylish lighting that complements any decor. Its cordless design eliminates clutter while providing the convenience of portable, rechargeable use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a robust die-cast aluminium body, this lamp features a sophisticated black finish that adds a modern touch. The lamp solves the problem of limited mobility thanks to its -efficient, rechargeable battery. The compatibility with multiple contact charging shelf enhances usability and convenience, making it stand out in the competitive market of table lighting solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 200(H) x 65(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium Alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e6 x Cordless Table Lamp – 200 x 65 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCordless design allows for easy mobility across tables and spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting with adjustable cold and warm colour options for varied moods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures durability and -term performance in various environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rating offers protection against dust and water, making it suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBrightness and colour memory function provides convenience by recalling previous settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCordless operation facilitates versatile placement without worrying about outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRechargeable battery means less waste and an eco-friendly alternative to disposable batteries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable colour temperatures help set the perfect mood for any occasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDust and water resistance allows for use in a variety of settings, enhancing versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy aluminium design ensures -lasting aesthetic appeal while maintaining structural integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMemory function streamlines user experience, making it easy to recreate desired lighting conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCordless Convenience\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFlexibly arrange lighting without limitation from power sources.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a -lasting investment in high-quality lighting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eChoose the perfect atmosphere for dining, relaxation, or social engagements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental Consideration\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduce waste with rechargeable and -efficient lighting options.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe versatility of the Micro LED Cordless Table Lamp makes it an excellent choice for a variety of settings. Enjoy ideal lighting conditions whether for casual gatherings or elegant dinners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes for intimate dining atmospheres\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor patios and gardens for stylish evening lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCozy home dining for family gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent spaces to enhance decor and setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rooms and lobbies for an inviting ambiance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply plug in the USB-powered charging base to recharge the lamp when needed, ensuring optimal performance. Regularly clean the lamp's exterior to maintain its aesthetic charm and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the battery life of the lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile specific battery life details are not listed, the lamp features a rechargeable battery designed for -lasting use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I change the lighting colour?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the lamp's integrated settings to easily switch between cold and warm colour temperatures to suit your mood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the lamp has an rating, providing protection against dust and water for outdoor application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the perfect blend of style and functionality with the Micro LED Cordless Table Lamp. Order today and elevate your lighting game!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810879848833,"sku":"FU973","price":1070.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1dc372235f7284aa4b10dc5939bb5029.png?v=1781705032"},{"product_id":"200mm-cordless-table-lamp-commercial-led-lighting-solution","title":"200mm Cordless Table Lamp - Commercial LED Lighting Solution","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Micro LED Cordless Table Lamp 200mm Black (6 Pack) is the perfect lighting solution for those seeking and convenience. Designed for both home and settings, these lamps provide the ideal balance of form and function, delivering exceptional illumination without the hassle of cords. Its versatile design caters to restaurants, cafes, and intimate gatherings, making it a must-have for enhancing ambiance and style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a robust die-cast aluminium body and finished in sophisticated black, these table lamps ensure durability while maintaining a modern aesthetic. The inclusion of a USB-powered charging base simplifies the charging process and complements multiple contact charging shelf (available separately), highlighting a seamless integration of technology and design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 200(H) x 75(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium Alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e6 x Cordless Table Lamp – 200 x 75 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCordless design with a rechargeable battery allows for easy mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting offers cold and warm colour options to suit various moods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e water and dust protection ensures -lasting use in both indoor and outdoor settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBrightness and colour memory function remembers last-used settings for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eElegant yet sturdy design enhances any table setting, adding a touch of sophistication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRechargeable battery eliminates the need for unsightly cables, promoting a clutter-free environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMultiple color options make it easy to create the desired ambiance, from warm and cozy to cool and modern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWater and dust resistance enables use in a variety of settings, including outdoor events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBrightness and colour memory feature saves time by recalling your preferred settings instantly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUSB charging base simplifies charging, allowing for easy placement on any surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCordless design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFreedom to place lamps anywhere without worrying about power outlets.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient LED lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces costs while providing bright, effective illumination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable aluminium body\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures longevity and reduces replacement costs over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWater and dust protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIdeal for both indoor and outdoor applications, maintaining aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Micro LED Cordless Table Lamp excels in various settings, offering versatility and practicality. Whether you need ambient lighting for an event or cozy accents for home décor, this lamp is your go-to choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes for enhancing dining atmosphere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWeddings and outdoor events for stylish lighting solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome décor to accentuate tables and sideboards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCozy nooks and reading corners for a tranquil vibe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimple to set up, the Micro LED Table Lamp comes with an individual charging base. For maintenance, ensure the lamp is cleaned regularly to preserve its sleek finish and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the battery life of the lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rechargeable battery allows for extended use, ensuring you enjoy beautiful lighting for hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the lamps be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the water and dust protection make them suitable for outdoor settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat charging options are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lamps come with a USB-powered charging base, making charging simple and convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your space with the Micro LED Cordless Table Lamp 200mm Black (6 Pack). Order today to transform your lighting experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810879881601,"sku":"FU977","price":1070.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9fbeee6e987fef9694d9dcb4e361d9fa.png?v=1781705036"},{"product_id":"200mm-cordless-table-lamp-with-usb-charging-base-6-pack","title":"200mm Cordless Table Lamp with USB Charging Base - 6 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Micro LED Cordless Table Lamp 200mm Corten (6 Pack) is an elegant lighting solution designed for a wide range of settings. Perfect for restaurants, outdoor events, or sophisticated home decor, these table lamps provide a stylish way to illuminate your environment without the hassle of cords.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from robust die-cast aluminium with a stunning corten finish, these lamps are made to withstand the rigors of daily use. The combination of a rechargeable battery and USB-powered charging base means you can easily integrate these lamps into any space, providing versatility and convenience. The design not only offers aesthetic appeal but also practicality, making them an excellent choice for both indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 200(H) x 75(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium Alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e6 x Table Lamps – 200 x 75 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCordless design with a rechargeable battery offers flexibility in placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting provides both cold and warm colour options to suit any mood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e water\/dust protection ensures -lasting performance in various environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBrightness\/colour memory function retains user's preferred settings for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCordless operation promotes a tidy environment without visible wires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRechargeable battery contributes to sustainability by reducing disposable battery usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMultiple colour settings enhance ambiance, catering to different.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction means these lamps are suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy charging eliminates the need for specialized fixtures, providing versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design allows for effortless relocation as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile placement\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePosition lamps wherever you need added light, even in outdoor settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSleek design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhance your decor with a modern touch that complements any style.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy charging\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly power up your lamps for continuous, hassle-free use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCount on -lasting performance in various weather conditions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Micro LED Table Lamp excels in a variety of settings due to its practical and elegant design. It is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor dining setups in restaurants or cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent and wedding lighting for an enchanting atmosphere\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome patios, enhancing outdoor living spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCozy reading nooks where a portable light source is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels and resorts looking to add charm to their guest areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain optimal performance, ensure the lamps are charged using the provided USB base. Regularly clean the die-cast aluminium surface to preserve its aesthetic quality, especially in outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the battery life of the lamps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rechargeable battery provides extended use, although exact duration can vary based on brightness settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these lamps be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed with protection, making them suitable for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the lights adjustable in brightness?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the lamps feature a brightness\/colour memory function for customizable ambiance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the perfect blend of style and convenience with the Micro LED Cordless Table Lamp. Order today and transform your spaces with elegant, functional lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810879914369,"sku":"FU978","price":1070.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7b870a9f87d791d8577404a5a52a0f1a.png?v=1781705036"},{"product_id":"200mm-cordless-table-lamp-micro-led-6-pack","title":"200mm Cordless Table Lamp - Micro LED - 6 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Micro LED Cordless Table Lamp 200mm Corten (6 Pack) is an exquisite lighting solution designed for both aesthetic appeal and practical use. Perfect for restaurants, outdoor cafés, or stylish home interiors, these lamps provide the benefit of versatile lighting without cumbersome cords, helping to create an inviting atmosphere.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a robust die-cast aluminium body featuring a sophisticated corten finish, these table lamps are engineered for durability. The integration of a USB-powered charging base and compatibility with multiple contact charging shelf offers users a seamless and efficient charging experience, making these lamps a reliable choice for any setting.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 200(H) x 65(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium Alloy\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Lamps\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCordless design with rechargeable battery enhancing portability.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting with options for both cold and warm colours to suit various moods.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRobust die-cast aluminium construction ensures longevity and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e rating for water and dust protection, allowing use in diverse environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBrightness and colour memory functions ensure the lamp returns to your preferred settings.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eComplete with an individual charging USB base for convenience in charging.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCordless freedom, enabling placement anywhere without restrictions.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e -efficient LED technology that saves on electricity costs.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable design that withstands the elements, perfect for indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAttractive corten finish that adds a modern touch to any décor.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eVersatile colour options for customized settings.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly charging base makes upkeep effortless.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCordless Design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eArrange your space freely without worrying about outlets.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy -lasting performance in various conditions, be it windy or wet.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003e Efficient\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eReduce electricity costs while maintaining quality lighting.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eMemory Function\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatically revert to your preferred settings for hassle-free use.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Micro LED Cordless Table Lamp shines in a multitude of settings, making it an adaptable lighting solution for various uses.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor dining areas, providing without the risk of tripping over cords.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEvent venues, ideal for highlighting tables and creating a warm atmosphere.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome patios and gardens, enhancing outdoor living spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCafés and restaurants, perfect for creating inviting settings for customers.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHotels and lounges, offering stylish and convenient lighting options.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the lamp is straightforward. Simply charge the lamp using the provided USB base, and enjoy cordless lighting wherever you desire. Regular cleaning with a soft cloth will keep the finish looking pristine.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of battery does the lamp use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe lamp features a rechargeable battery, and each unit comes with a USB charging base for easy powering.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the brightness be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the lamp offers multiple brightness settings along with warm and cold colour options for personalized.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lamp suitable for indoor and outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, with its water and dust protection rating, the lamp is durable enough for both indoor and outdoor settings.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your space with the and practicality of the Micro LED Cordless Table Lamp. Order today and enjoy versatile, stylish illumination in every setting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810879947137,"sku":"FU974","price":1070.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/80ad72e7e1cdb527af3806184186efde.png?v=1781705036"},{"product_id":"200mm-sensor-operated-commercial-sink-tap-with-pex-hose","title":"200mm Sensor Operated Commercial Sink Tap with PEX Hose","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DVS Aquarius Tap 200mm with 15mm PEX Hose is an innovative solution designed specifically for handwashing applications. Ideal for restaurants, cafés, and other food service environments, this sink tap offers unmatched hygiene and efficiency with its sensor-operated mechanism, ensuring a no-touch experience for users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, the DVS Aquarius Tap combines durability with contemporary aesthetics. It effectively addresses the common challenges of hygiene in high-traffic areas, significantly reducing the risk of cross-contamination. With its integrated flow control and automatic purge facility, this tap is built for optimum performance and convenience, making it a standout choice for any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 70(H) x 50(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.15kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSensor operated for maximum hygiene and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDispenses up to five litres of water per minute with integrated flow control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic purge facility ensures cleanliness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWave on, wave off functionality promotes user convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAnti-vandal and lockout functions enhance security in public settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTouchless operation reduces the spread of germs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh water flow rate of 5 litres per minute improves efficiency during busy hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel ensures a -lasting, easy-to-maintain surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic purge reduces maintenance time and enhances sanitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits seamlessly into various sink configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFive-year warranty provides peace of mind for investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Sink Tap\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTouch-free operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes contact points, promoting better hygiene.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSensor technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures quick access to water, convenient in busy settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGuarantees longevity and resistance to wear in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAutomatic purge function\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps the faucet clean with minimal effort from staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DVS Aquarius Tap is designed to excel in a variety of environments where hygiene is paramount. It is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and Coffee Shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePublic Restrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealthcare Facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering Services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis sink tap comes with a 15mm PEX hose for straightforward installation. Regular maintenance involves checking the sensor and ensuring it remains free from debris to guarantee optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the water flow rate of the DVS Aquarius Tap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tap dispenses up to five litres of water per minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the tap easy to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a 15mm PEX hose, simplifying the installation process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the DVS Aquarius Tap made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is constructed from high-quality stainless steel, ensuring durability and ease of maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience unparalleled hygiene and efficiency with the DVS Aquarius Tap 200mm with 15mm PEX Hose. Order today to elevate your sanitation standards in any setting!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810880176513,"sku":"HX589","price":611.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e40e2794b55daa4ad176ba541d69fdf7.png?v=1781705039"},{"product_id":"200w-jacketed-infrared-quartz-bulb-for-commercial-catering-use","title":"200W Jacketed Infrared Quartz Bulb for Commercial Catering Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Jacketed Infrared Quartz Bulb 118mm 200W is an essential lighting solution designed for catering professionals who need to maintain optimal food temperatures. This infrared bulb effectively keeps food warm while enhancing the service experience in busy kitchens, chip dumps, and burger shoots. With its fast-acting heat and lifespan, it addresses the critical need for efficient food preparation and serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality materials, the Jacketed Infrared Quartz Bulb offers reliability with its low pressure tungsten halogen construction. It provides instant warmth and has a remarkable life expectancy of 5000 hours, making it a dependable choice for those in the catering industry. This bulb's user-friendly design also ensures easy replacement, setting it apart from other options on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 20(W) x 20(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 50g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour Temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e 2400 K\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting with a lifespan of 5000 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDimmable functionality for adjustable brightness\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInstant heat for quick serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with fittings for easy installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable warming with infrared technology\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e lifespan reduces the frequency of replacements\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDimmable option allows customization of light intensity\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInstant heating cuts down on wait times for food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUniversally compatible with fittings for versatility\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLight weight aids in easy handling and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Light Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-output heat\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures food remains hot and ready to serve at all times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces maintenance costs with fewer replacements needed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows for quick setup and adjustments in any kitchen environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Jacketed Infrared Quartz Bulb excels in various catering scenarios, ensuring food remains at the ideal serving temperature. Here are some optimal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood passes in restaurants\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups for keeping dishes warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast-food terminals for efficient service\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConcession stands offering quick service\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHot food storage areas in catering operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the Jacketed Infrared Quartz Bulb is straightforward and compatible with fittings. Regularly check for any signs of wear or damage, and replace the bulb to ensure optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the lifespan of the Jacketed Infrared Quartz Bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulb has a lifespan of up to 5000 hours, providing reliable performance over an extended period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this bulb compatible with dimmers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Jacketed Infrared Quartz Bulb is dimmable, allowing you to adjust the light intensity to suit your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat voltage does the bulb operate on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulb operates at a voltage of 240V, making it suitable for electrical systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your food service efficiency with the Jacketed Infrared Quartz Bulb 118mm 200W. Order today to ensure your meals are served warm and ready to delight your customers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810880438657,"sku":"GH987","price":41.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f6cf1e2c294d20928d2158637abbdb8d.png?v=1781705045"},{"product_id":"20l-commercial-parasol-base-black-plastic-stability-support","title":"20L Commercial Parasol Base - Black Plastic Stability Support","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Parasol Base Black - 20Ltr is an essential accessory for outdoor leisure, designed for enthusiasts and businesses alike seeking stability for their parasols. This reliable base provides a secure foundation for your parasol, ensuring you can enjoy shade without concern, making it perfect for cafes, restaurants, or home gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from sturdy plastic, this parasol base combines durability and ease of use. Its ability to be filled with sand or water up to 20 liters enhances its stability, addressing the common challenge of securing an umbrella in outdoor settings. Whether you're looking to enhance your patio or provide comfort at a commercial venue, this base stands out for its practical design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 306(H) x 505(W) x 500(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 21kg when filled, 2.1kg without water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be filled with sand or water for added weight and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with parasols that have a pole diameter of 38mm or 48mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use under a table to secure the parasol safely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to fill and set up within minutes after unpacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design when empty makes for easy handling and placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack color provides a sleek, modern look that fits various decor styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for compatibility with the Parasol Range ensures versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick filling process allows for immediate use, enhancing user convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA sturdy construction offers -lasting performance and reliability under adverse weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot recommended for free-standing use, providing enhanced safety when used correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Parasol Base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a secure and shaded environment without worrying about your parasol falling over.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInvest in a product that withstands outdoor elements, ensuring longevity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpend less time preparing and more time enjoying your outdoor space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse with various parasol types, making it ideal for different settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to transport and reposition as your needs change throughout the season.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis parasol base excels in a variety of outdoor environments. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor dining areas in restaurants or cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatio setups in residential backyards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden weddings to provide shade for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeach or park outings for extra sun protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial events requiring reliable outdoor shelter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn public parks where large umbrellas are used for shade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo use, simply fill the base with sand or water for optimal stability and place it under a compatible table fitting the required parasol pole diameter. Regularly check for any debris or water accumulation to maintain the base's integrity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the Parasol Base when filled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Parasol Base weighs 21kg when filled with sand or water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this parasol base be used with any parasol?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is designed for parasols with pole diameters of 38mm or 48mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this base safe for free-standing use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not recommended for free-standing use and should be placed under a table for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your outdoor space is comfortable and secure with the Parasol Base Black - 20Ltr. Order today to enhance your parasol setup and enjoy peace of mind in your outdoor sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810882109825,"sku":"FS231","price":77.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c81bd60b85954f5fbea06f763b337422.png?v=1781705081"},{"product_id":"20ltr-lockable-coshh-cabinet-with-adjustable-shelves","title":"20Ltr Lockable Cabinet with Adjustable Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Cabinet Single Door Grey 20Ltr is a crucial storage solution for any business handling hazardous substances. This cabinet is designed for professionals who prioritize safety, offering a reliable way to store chemicals securely. Its robust design not only minimizes risks but also provides peace of mind in environments where chemical safety is paramount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality steel, the Cabinet features a welded frame that ensures durability and resilience. It addresses the essential need for safe chemical storage by providing a lockable solution that prevents unauthorized access and reduces potential spills or leaks. The cabinet stands out with its three adjustable shelves, allowing for practical use tailored to your specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 20Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1830(H) x 610(W) x 457(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 46.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIndoor use only for controlled environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSteel construction with a welded frame enhances stability and security\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReinforced doors with 3 point locking plus 2 keys provide added security\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eShelf loading capacity of 70Kg UDL supports a variety of chemical containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClearly labelled with 'Irritant' and 'Harmful' warnings to enhance safety awareness\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLockable design prevents unauthorized access, ensuring secure chemical storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFully assembled upon delivery for immediate use, saving time and effort\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves allow customization to fit different container sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust build quality reduces the risk of damage and ensures -term use\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean surfaces facilitate maintenance and safety compliance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Lockable Cabinet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eClear labelling and warnings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreases safety awareness among staff and reduces the likelihood of accidents.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLockable cabinet design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrevents unauthorized access, ensuring complete control over hazardous materials.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFully assembled on delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReady for use right out of the box, eliminating setup time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOffers peace of mind with an enduring solution that stands up to the test of time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cabinet is an ideal solution for a variety of settings where chemical storage is necessary. It excels in the following applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLaboratories\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eChemical processing facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCleanrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eManufacturing plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMaintenance and repair shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce delivered, the Cabinet is fully assembled and ready for installation. Regular cleaning with appropriate non-corrosive agents will help maintain its appearance and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 1830(H) x 610(W) x 457(D)mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the shelves support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelves have a loading capacity of 70Kg UDL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Cabinet suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this cabinet is designed for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor businesses that prioritize safety and compliance in chemical storage, the Cabinet Single Door Grey 20Ltr is an essential asset. Order today to enhance your workspace protection and ensure that your hazardous materials are securely stored.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810883125633,"sku":"GJ779","price":993.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d9a50e1afdde203d2fad6ba6f16d9bfa.png?v=1781705100"},{"product_id":"22-artificial-pansy-ball-hanging-basket-for-commercial-spaces","title":"22\" Artificial Pansy Ball Hanging Basket for Commercial Spaces","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the 22\" Purple and Yellow Artificial Pansies Ball, an exquisite decorative addition perfect for enhancing any space. Designed for those seeking vibrant, low-maintenance options for communal areas, shop fronts, and exterior locations, this hanging basket features a stunning blend of purple and yellow pansies that brighten up any environment. With no watering or upkeep required, you'll enjoy the beauty of flowers without the hassle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with care, this artificial arrangement comes in a stylish dark wicker basket, combining aesthetics with practicality. The quality materials used ensure lasting vibrancy and realism, solving the common issues associated with natural plants, such as allergies, leaf debris, and the need for regular watering. With the 22\" Purple and Yellow Artificial Pansies Ball, you can enhance your decor effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 406(H) x 558(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Fast - ideal for use outside\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality synthetic materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo need to water or clear up debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHighly realistic quality adds charm without the fuss\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to store when not in use, saving space\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAllergy-friendly, perfect for sensitive environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable and -lasting construction ensures continued beauty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVibrant colours retain their brightness over time, enhancing aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to display in various locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient maintenance-free appeal saves you time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for decorating both indoor and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylishly arranged in a dark wicker basket to complement any decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Artificial Plants And Planters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintenance-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo more watering or cleaning up fallen leaves, making it hassle-free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllergy-friendly\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy the beauty of flowers without concerns about allergies.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYear-round colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhance your space with vibrant flowers regardless of the season.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRealistic appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDelight guests with lifelike arrangements that brighten any room.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 22\" Purple and Yellow Artificial Pansies Ball is perfect for various settings, enhancing both indoor and outdoor environments with its vibrant hues. Whether you're looking to beautify a storefront, office, or community area, this artificial arrangement excels in multiple applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEntranceways for shops or businesses\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommunal spaces in lobbies or waiting rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor patios or entrance areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpecial events, adding colour without needing upkeep\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome decoration for living spaces or porches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis artificial flower arrangement requires no special installation. Simply place it in your desired location, and you're ready to enjoy the added beauty without ongoing care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions of the 22\" Purple and Yellow Artificial Pansies Ball are 406(H) x 558(Ø)mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this product is colourfast and designed for exterior use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the hanging basket?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe basket weighs 2kg, making it easy to handle and position as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your space effortlessly with the 22\" Purple and Yellow Artificial Pansies Ball. Order today and transform your decor with vibrant, maintenance-free beauty!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810885583233,"sku":"CG573","price":89.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1f5973ce9c3011c9a11df4f446dd4d4d.png?v=1781705132"},{"product_id":"22-artificial-pansy-ball-in-dark-wicker-basket-for-decor","title":"22\" Artificial Pansy Ball in Dark Wicker Basket for Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 22\" Purple and Pansy Ball is a stunning and vibrant addition to any space, perfect for those looking to enhance their decor effortlessly. Crafted for individuals who appreciate beauty without the hassle of maintenance, this artificial plant brightens both indoor and outdoor areas, allowing you to enjoy floral vitality all year round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis exquisite pansy ball comes elegantly arranged in a dark wicker basket, creating a sophisticated look suitable for various settings. Constructed with high-quality materials, it offers a highly realistic appearance, effectively solving the dilemma of allergenic reactions and messy upkeep associated with real plants. Unlike live flowers, this artificial arrangement requires no watering, trimming, or cleaning, making it a practical yet striking choice for any environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 406(H) x 558(Ø)mm | 16(H)\" x 22(Ø)\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Colourfast - ideal for use outside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in an attractive combination of purple and flowers for a fresh look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo need for regular watering, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighly realistic quality ensures it looks beautiful in any setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to store when not in use, freeing up valuable space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllergen-free, making it a safe choice for sensitive environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRealistic appearance adds charm to your space, enhancing overall ambiance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeather-resistant construction allows you to beautify outdoor areas without worry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisually vibrant colors create an inviting atmosphere, ideal for welcoming guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow-maintenance design means you can enjoy beautiful flowers without the hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient portability enables easy relocation from room to room or outdoor to indoor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable materials ensure longevity, providing value over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Artificial Plants And Planters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffortless beauty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo maintenance required, allowing you to enjoy floral decor without the work.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLasts longer than fresh flowers, providing continuous appeal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllergy-friendly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerfect for homes and offices where allergies might be a concern.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile decor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplements various design styles, from modern to rustic.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 22\" Purple and Pansy Ball is incredibly versatile, making it suitable for a variety of environments and. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs a centerpiece at events or gatherings, providing color and.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn entrance areas or lobbies, welcoming guests with vibrant florals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn porches or patios, enhancing outdoor seating spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn offices, brightening workspaces without the maintenance of live plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn homes, adding charm to living rooms, dining areas, or bedrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply place your pansy ball in the desired location. No installation is necessary, and it is ready to impress immediately. For care, a light dusting now and then will keep it looking its best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pansy ball suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is colourfast and designed to withstand outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this product cause allergies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the artificial construction ensures that allergies related to pollen are not an issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I store the pansy ball when not in use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be easily stored in a compact space without concern for damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring the beauty of flowers into your life without the hassle of maintenance. Order the 22\" Purple and Pansy Ball today and elevate your decor effortlessly!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810885616001,"sku":"CG570","price":89.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/df6ea80bcd4bf2ea18bb9bcf12ebbca1.png?v=1781705132"},{"product_id":"22-mixed-colours-artificial-pansy-ball-hanging-basket","title":"22\" Mixed Colours Artificial Pansy Ball Hanging Basket","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 22\" Mixed Colours Pansy Ball is the perfect artificial plant option for enhancing the aesthetic appeal of shops, communal areas, or outdoor spaces. This vibrant decoration offers a reliable splash of colour, all while eliminating the maintenance typically associated with natural plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with quality materials, this artificial pansy ball is designed to withstand the elements, making it an ideal choice for outdoor use. With no watering required and no debris to clean up, it solves the common problem of plant care, giving you more time to focus on your environment. Unlike live plants, it won’t trigger allergies, making it a safe choice for all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 406(H) x 558(Ø)mm | 16(H)\" x 22(Ø)\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Fast - ideal for use outside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied In\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark wicker basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo need to water or maintain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for shop fronts and communal areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-allergenic, safe for various environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVibrant colours that add immediate visual interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo maintenance needed—saves time and effort for busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeather-resistant materials—durable for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVibrant mixed colours—enhances the aesthetic appeal of any setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-allergenic—suitable for everyone, including those with allergies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design—easy to install and move when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrives ready to display—instructions or setup not necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Artificial Plants And Planters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo watering required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess hassle and lower operational costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV colourfast\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintains vibrancy even in direct sunlight, ensuring -lasting beauty.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-allergenic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal for public spaces, ensuring comfort for all visitors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to install\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGet immediate impact with minimal effort and no tools required.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCut down replacement costs with a -lasting solution.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 22\" Mixed Colours Pansy Ball excels in a variety of settings, making it a versatile choice for your decor needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShop fronts—creates an inviting atmosphere for customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePublic parks—adds beauty to communal areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants—enhances outdoor dining spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent venues—perfect for weddings and outdoor gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatios—complements home exterior decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply place the mixed colours pansy ball in your desired location. Its lightweight nature allows for easy movement if needed. No additional care is required, making it a hassle-free decorative solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 22\" Mixed Colours Pansy Ball is specifically designed for outdoor use and is colourfast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for people with allergies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! This artificial plant will not cause allergies, making it safe for everyone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to water it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo watering is necessary, allowing you to enjoy beauty without the maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder today to transform your space with vibrant colours and effortless beauty! The 22\" Mixed Colours Pansy Ball will elevate any setting with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810885845377,"sku":"CG575","price":89.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/17f380cc3d388de3503695c20fdecb07.png?v=1781705134"},{"product_id":"250w-commercial-heat-lamp-bulb-replacement-for-food-warmers","title":"250W Commercial Heat Lamp Bulb Replacement for Food Warmers","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heat Lamp Bulb Red ES 250W is an essential component for ensuring food remains warm and ready to serve. Designed for use with the Carving Station Heat Lamp and other similar food warmers, this powerful heat lamp bulb is perfect for catering businesses, restaurants, or any setting that requires consistent food temperature maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable hard glass, this infrared quartz bulb offers a reliable performance that meets demanding operational needs. With its Edison screw fitting, installation is quick and straightforward. The heat lamp bulb excels in keeping dishes warm for services and canteens, providing not only convenience but also enhanced presentation for your culinary offerings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 180g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 250W infrared output\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting\u003c\/strong\u003e Edison screw fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-dimmable\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard glass quartz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e Gantry lamps and food warmers\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe infrared output effectively retains heat, ensuring food stays warm for periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e fitting makes replacement hassle-free and compatible with various fixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-dimmable feature guarantees consistency in heat output, eliminating variable temperature issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust glass construction offers durability and longevity, minimizing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design allows for versatile applications in different food service environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e250W infrared output - efficiently warms food in,, and serving areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e screw fitting - easy installation and compatibility with a wide range of equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRed hue - enhances the visual appeal of food, making it more appetizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-dimmable - maintains a steady temperature for reliable food safety and quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHard glass construction - ensures resilience against heat while providing effective insulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for various food warmers - versatility across multiple food serving solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent infrared heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYour food stays at a safe serving temperature for longer periods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable hard glass construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFewer replacements needed, saving you time and money in the run.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple installation with fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYou can quickly replace the bulb with minimal downtime in service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heat Lamp Bulb is optimally designed for a variety of food service environments. Its ability to maintain consistent heat makes it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups in restaurants and catering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCanteens and cafeterias for large-scale food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and mobile kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGastronomy events requiring reliable food temperature maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood display areas where presentation is key\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the bulb is securely fitted into a compatible socket. Regularly check the bulb for any signs of wear and replace as necessary to maintain effective heating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wattage of the Heat Lamp Bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulb has an output of 250W, providing effective infrared heating for your food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this bulb suitable for all food warmers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's specifically designed for use with the Carving Station and other similar food warmers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heat lamp bulb is intended for indoor use with food warmers and should not be exposed to outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your culinary offerings stay warm and appealing with the Heat Lamp Bulb Red ES 250W. Order today to enhance your food service experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810890727809,"sku":"AG570","price":24.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/efcd81aa68555342fdc38395b11e6396.png?v=1781705191"},{"product_id":"260mm-cordless-table-lamp-rechargeable-led-light-for-outdoors","title":"260mm Cordless Table Lamp - Rechargeable LED Light for Outdoors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Dominica LED Cordless Table Lamp 260mm Brushed Gold (6 Pack) is a stylish and practical lighting solution designed for any modern setting. Perfect for restaurants, cafes, or elegant home environments, this lamp offers the convenience of cordless operation and an appealing aesthetic. Its blend of form and functionality makes it an ideal choice for those seeking both beauty and usability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from robust die-cast aluminium, the Dominica table lamps ensure durability and longevity. Their water and dust resistance allows for versatile placement both indoors and outdoors, addressing common lighting challenges. With the included USB-powered charging base and compatibility with multiple contact charging shelf, this lamp stands out for its ease of use and modern features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 260(H) x 120(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Die Cast Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 820g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushed Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCordless design with rechargeable battery for ultimate flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting with cold\/warm colour options adjusts to your mood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e water\/dust protection ensures -lasting performance outdoors and indoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrightness\/colour memory function remembers your last settings for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete with individual charging USB base for easy recharging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust die-cast aluminium body offers reliable performance in various environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCordless design allows for easy placement without the need for power outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lights help reduce your electricity bill while providing ample illumination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e rating ensures protection against water and dust, making it suitable for patio use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRechargeable battery provides -lasting light without the hassle of changing wires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile design complements various décor styles, enhancing the ambiance of any space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Light\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCordless Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreedom to place the lamp anywhere without being tethered to a power source.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting use that withstands the elements, perfect for both indoor and outdoor settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRechargeable Battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo need to worry about changing batteries or finding outlets – simply recharge when needed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright \u0026amp; Adjustable Lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreate the perfect mood with customizable colour options, catering to your specific needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater \u0026amp; Dust Resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal for use in busy environments such as restaurants or garden settings without compromising quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dominica LED Cordless Table Lamp excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to any lighting scheme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes as an elegant dining table centerpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor patios to provide ambient lighting for gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome offices for a stylish desk lamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent settings such as weddings or parties for personalized table lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels and hospitality environments for enhancing guest experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure the longevity of your Dominica table lamps, place them on stable surfaces and take care to recharge the batteries regularly using the provided USB base. For outdoor use, ensure the lamps are cleaned as needed to maintain their appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the battery life of the Dominica lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lamp is equipped with a battery life, ensuring ample usage between charges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the brightness and color be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the lamp provides -efficient LED lighting with adjustable cold and warm color options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lamp suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features an rating for water and dust protection, making it suitable for outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your space with the Dominica LED Cordless Table Lamp 260mm Brushed Gold (6 Pack) and enjoy the perfect blend of style and functionality. Shop now to elevate your lighting experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810892235137,"sku":"FU990","price":1067.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2d3164c73314aa65b77ddbe115bc003a.png?v=1781705217"},{"product_id":"300mm-commercial-cordless-table-lamp-with-usb-charging-base","title":"300mm Commercial Cordless Table Lamp with USB Charging Base","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Montserrat LED Cordless Table Lamp 300mm Brushed Copper (6 Pack) offers a modern solution to illuminating spaces that require flexibility and style. Ideal for both home and commercial environments, these table lamps provide an elegant touch while eliminating the hassle of cords. Their unique design caters to those seeking both functionality and aesthetics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from robust die-cast aluminium, this LED table lamp ensures durability and longevity. The attractive brushed copper finish draws the eye, providing a sophisticated highlight to any setting. Beyond mere decoration, these lamps address the common problem of inadequate lighting options in various spaces, distinguishing themselves through their cordless operation and sleek design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 300(H) x 110(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Die Cast Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 850g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Copper\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting with adjustable cold and warm colour options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCordless design powered by a rechargeable battery for ultimate mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rating for water and dust protection, suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes individual USB charging base for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRechargeable battery - Enjoy hassle-free mobility without tangled wires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable colour settings - Tailor the ambiance to suit any occasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction - Built to withstand different environments and resist wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e protection - Perfect for outdoor use without worrying about weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMemory function - Retains your preferred brightness and colour settings for ease of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient charging base - Easily recharge your lamp when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCordless Operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo more clutter from wires, giving you flexibility in placement.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e Efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves on electricity bills while contributing to a greener environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eInvest in -lasting lighting that withstands daily usage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy Adjustments\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSet the perfect mood with customizable colour and brightness settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Montserrat LED Cordless Table Lamp excels in various settings, providing functional lighting with a touch of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants - Enhance table settings or outdoor dining areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels - Create inviting atmospheres in lobbies or guest rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent Spaces - Use for weddings, parties, and corporate events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWorkspaces - Illuminate desks or meeting areas with style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eResidential Areas - Perfect for living rooms, patios, or bedrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, regularly check the charging base connection and clean the lamp's surface with a soft, damp cloth. The cordless design allows for easy repositioning as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the battery last on a full charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery duration varies depending on brightness settings but generally lasts several hours on a full charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these lamps be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with an rating, these lamps are designed to withstand outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they easy to charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach lamp comes with an individual USB charging base, making recharging simple and convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the convenience and style of the Montserrat LED Cordless Table Lamp. Ideal for any modern setting, this lighting solution combines and functionality. Order today to elevate your space with effortless illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810902393217,"sku":"FU986","price":1067.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e8b08c508fbdd1abdf5be9920abf4eea.png?v=1781705329"},{"product_id":"300mm-cordless-table-lamp-black-aluminium-6-pack","title":"300mm Cordless Table Lamp - Black Aluminium - 6 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe LED Cordless Table Lamp 300mm Black (6 Pack) is the ideal solution for those seeking a blend of and functionality in their tabletop lighting. Perfect for homes, restaurants, and event spaces, this lamp is designed to enhance ambiance while providing practical illumination. The cordless feature allows for flexible placement, allowing you to create the perfect setting without the clutter of wires.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from robust die-cast aluminium with a sleek black finish, these lamps are not only stylish but also built to withstand the elements. The inclusion of a USB-powered charging base signifies convenience, enabling you to effortlessly recharge and relocate the lamp as needed. With an rating for water and dust protection, you can trust that these lamps will perform reliably in various environments, making them a versatile choice for any occasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 300(H) x 100(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium Alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 x Cordless Table Lamp – 300 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCordless design with rechargeable battery for hassle-free mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting options for both cold and warm light settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures durability; perfect for outdoor and indoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrightness and colour memory function for personalised lighting experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInnovative cordless design offering unmatched placement flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e protection ensures reliability in diverse environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRechargeable battery reduces dependency on electrical outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple colour options enhance mood and atmosphere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight yet sturdy, making it easily portable for various uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple USB charging allows for quick and easy maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMulti-environment compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse it indoors or outdoors without worry about the elements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustomisable lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the perfect light setting to match your mood or occasion.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimple maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffortless charging and setup means less time fussing, more time enjoying.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSleek design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhances aesthetic appeal in any setting, from casual to formal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LED Cordless Table Lamp excels in a variety of settings, making it a versatile addition to your lighting solutions. It is particularly well-suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor dining areas where wired lighting isn’t practical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor events like parties or receptions that require adaptable lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafé and restaurant tables to create a cozy atmosphere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e where traditional lighting might clash with decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse at home for relaxed reading or dining experiences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe installation of the LED Cordless Table Lamp is straightforward, requiring no complex setup. Simply place the lamp on a suitable surface and plug it into the included USB charging base. For optimal longevity, keep the lamp clean and store it indoors when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the battery last on a full charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery duration may vary based on brightness settings, but it is designed for extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this lamp outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the lamp's rating ensures it is suitable for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the light adjustable in brightness?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, the lamp features adjustable brightness settings to cater to different moods and needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance any space with the LED Cordless Table Lamp 300mm Black (6 Pack). This stylish and functional lighting solution offers the flexibility and quality you need, order today to elevate your décor!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810902884737,"sku":"FU971","price":1487.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/20c45fcdb68536d2934825fcbd1acfaf.png?v=1781705336"},{"product_id":"300mm-cordless-table-lamp-commercial-led-lighting-6-pack","title":"300mm Cordless Table Lamp - Commercial LED Lighting (6 Pack)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe LED Cordless Table Lamp 300mm Corten (6 Pack) is a stunning lighting solution designed to enhance the ambiance of any space. Ideal for restaurants, bars, cafes, or home settings, these modern lamps provide the perfect blend of functionality and style, making them a must-have accessory for both indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from robust die-cast aluminium, the lamps feature a sleek corten finish that adds a touch of while ensuring durability. Their cordless design eliminates the hassle of unsightly wires, allowing for easy placement anywhere you desire. Furthermore, these lamps solve the common lighting problem by offering -efficient LED lighting options, all while maintaining aesthetic appeal that complements various décor styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 300(H) x 100(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium Alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 x Cordless Table Lamp – 300 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRechargeable battery for hassle-free cord-free use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient LED technology with adjustable light colour settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt to withstand the elements with water and dust protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrightness and colour memory function for customized lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes individual USB-powered charging base for easy recharging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCordless design for flexible placement without the limitations of power outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRechargeable battery allows for hours of uninterrupted light, perfect for events or evening gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable colour temperature means you can set the mood from warm, inviting tones to bright, energizing light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures that these lamps can endure both indoor and outdoor environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater and dust protection enhances longevity and makes them suitable for outdoor spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMemory function remembers your last brightness setting, providing convenience for repeated use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible placement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo limitations imposed by power outlets, enabling creative lamp positioning.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -efficient lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduced consumption leads to lower electricity bills without sacrificing quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStylish design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhances any environment with a modern and chic aesthetic.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting materials withstand wear and tear for dependable use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimply wipe clean to keep your lamps looking pristine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVersatile in design and function, the LED Cordless Table Lamp excels in various environments. Here are some suggested applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes for creating a warm, inviting atmosphere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor patios and terraces to enhance evening gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome dining tables to provide stylish and efficient lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents and parties for decorative lighting that is also practical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkspaces requiring adjustable lighting without cord clutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply place your lamps where you desire and use the included USB-powered charging base for recharging. No extensive installation is required, making these lamps a convenient choice for any setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the battery last on a full charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table lamps are designed to provide hours of cordless illumination with a full charge, perfect for extended use. Actual runtime may vary based on brightness settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the light color be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, you can select between cold and warm color options, allowing you to customize the ambiance to your liking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lighting waterproof for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, the rating ensures that these lamps are protected against water and dust, making them suitable for outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your space with the LED Cordless Table Lamp 300mm Corten (6 Pack). Enjoy the benefits of stylish, efficient lighting today. Order now to elevate your ambiance effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810902950273,"sku":"FU972","price":1487.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/557111503255274633ee649cae7facc7.png?v=1781705338"},{"product_id":"300mm-cordless-table-lamp-brushed-gold-finish-6-pack","title":"300mm Cordless Table Lamp Brushed Gold Finish 6 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Montserrat LED Cordless Table Lamp 300mm Brushed Gold (6 Pack) is an exquisite lighting solution designed for both modern homes and settings. Its elegant brushed gold finish adds a touch of sophistication, making it perfect for enhancing any dining experience or illuminating a workspace. The biggest advantage lies in its cordless design, allowing for versatile placement without the constraints of power outlets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from robust die-cast aluminium, this table lamp not only exudes style but promises durability. The -rated water and dust protection ensures -lasting performance in various environments, addressing potential hazards while maintaining aesthetic appeal. The Montserrat distinguishes itself with a seamless blend of functionality and, making it an essential addition to any decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 300(H) x 110(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Die Cast Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 850g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushed Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCordless design with rechargeable battery enhances placement flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting with cold\/warm colour options promotes ambiance control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust die-cast aluminium body ensures -lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrightness\/colour memory function remembers your last setting for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete with individual charging USB base for easy power access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStylish brushed gold finish elevates decor in residential and commercial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCordless feature allows for placement in locations far from electrical outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e rating protects against dust and moisture, suitable for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRechargeable battery eliminates the hassle of changing lightbulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple colour temperature options create the desired atmosphere for any occasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design enables easy movement and repositioning as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElegant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhances the aesthetic appeal of any setting, impressing guests and clients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCordless and rechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOffers the freedom to place lamps wherever needed without worrying about outlets.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssures -term use and value, withstanding the test of time and conditions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile lighting options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows customization of brightness and warmth to suit any mood or activity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Montserrat LED Cordless Table Lamp suits various environments and usage scenarios, providing versatility and wherever it's placed. Ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes looking to enhance dining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels or event spaces for sophisticated guest services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome dining tables to create inviting atmospheres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice spaces that require adaptable lighting solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor patios or balconies needing stylish yet functional lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for straightforward use, the Montserrat requires minimal installation. Simply place the lamp on a flat surface and connect it to the USB base for charging. Regularly check the charging base and clean the lamp with a damp cloth to maintain its shine and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the battery last when fully charged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rechargeable battery provides hours of use before needing to be recharged, dependent on the brightness setting used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the lamp be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the rating ensures protection from dust and water, making it suitable for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the lamp come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecific warranty details are typically provided by the vendor; however, its durable construction speaks to the confidence in its longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your space with the stylish Montserrat LED Cordless Table Lamp 300mm Brushed Gold (6 Pack). Order today to illuminate your space with and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810903015809,"sku":"FU985","price":1067.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/719e3cce105687585aa9d0fbfaf6a5ab.png?v=1781705339"},{"product_id":"300mm-cordless-table-lamp-set-of-6-commercial-lighting","title":"300mm Cordless Table Lamp Set of 6 - Commercial Lighting","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe LED Cordless Table Lamp 300mm Black (6 Pack) is a versatile lighting solution ideal for a variety of settings, from home dining rooms to outdoor gatherings. Designed for both function and style, this cordless table lamp provides the perfect illumination, enhancing the ambiance of your space while eliminating the hassle of cords and external power sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a robust die-cast aluminium body in an elegant black finish, these table lamps are built to last. Their water and dust protection adds another layer of durability, making them suitable for both indoor and outdoor environments. The addition of a USB-powered charging base ensures easy power access, and compatibility with multiple contact charging shelf means -term convenience for users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 300(H) x 110(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium Alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e6 x Table Lamp – 300 x 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCordless design for hassle-free placement anywhere you need light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting comes with cold\/warm colour options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBrightness and colour memory function remembers your last setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIndividual charging USB base included for each lamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCordless operation frees your décor from unsightly cables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rated to withstand outdoor elements, ensuring -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMultiple colour temperature settings to suit your mood or occasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eElegant design complements various interior styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction making it suitable for commercial or hospitality use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReusable charging solution lowers dependency on disposable batteries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCordless design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy placement anywhere without worrying about outlets.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSave on costs while brightening your space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStylish black finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdd a modern touch to any décor style, enhancing your surroundings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDesigned to withstand the rigors of daily use in various environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LED Cordless Table Lamp is versatile and can be used in a variety of settings. Below are some of the excellent applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes, providing ambient lighting for diners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor patios, enhancing evening gatherings with soft light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAs decorative pieces at weddings or events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReception areas in offices or hotels where a chic touch is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese table lamps require minimal installation. Simply charge them using the included USB base and place them in your desired location. Regularly wipe down with a soft cloth to maintain their aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the charging for these lamps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey come with an individual USB-powered charging base for easy recharging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these lamps be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with an rating, they are suitable for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the battery last on a single charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery life can vary based on usage but is designed for -lasting performance on a single charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your lighting game with the LED Cordless Table Lamp 300mm Black (6 Pack). Perfect for various applications and built to last, order today and elevate your space with style and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810903081345,"sku":"FU975","price":1487.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/47139f5454ea7c828b294d4edcb2c4f1.png?v=1781705339"},{"product_id":"300mm-cordless-table-lamp-with-usb-charging-base-black","title":"300mm Cordless Table Lamp with USB Charging Base Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Table Lamp Round Dome Black 300mm is a chic and versatile lighting solution designed to enhance any space, whether indoors or outdoors. Ideal for professionals in hospitality, this table lamp provides a seamless blend of functionality and style, allowing you to effortlessly illuminate areas such as terrace tables, rooms, bars, and reception areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality aluminium and plastic, this lamp not only boasts a sleek black finish but also ensures durability and longevity. With its cordless design, it solves the common issue of tangled wires, enabling you to place it wherever you like. Additionally, the built-in memory function allows you to save your preferred colour and brightness settings, differentiating it from table lamp offerings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 300(H) x 112(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 735g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCordless design allows placement anywhere, indoors or outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExtended battery life of up to 7 hours from a full charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient bulbs provide -lasting illumination\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a USB-powered charging base\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with multiple contact charging shelf, sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eModern and stylish design enhances the aesthetic of any environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting battery life means you won’t have to worry about constant recharging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlexible usage, perfect for both personal and spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMemory function makes it simple to create your preferred.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUSB charging base offers convenience and ease of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction allows for easy relocation as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Lamp\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCordless design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePlace the lamp anywhere without being restricted by power outlets.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMemory function\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasily return to your favorite settings without readjusting every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient bulbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduce consumption while enjoying bright, warm light.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly move the lamp to different locations as needed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Table Lamp is perfect for various environments, making it a versatile choice for multiple applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTerrace tables providing ambient lighting during outdoor gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rooms enhancing the stay experience for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars creating a warm atmosphere for patrons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReception areas offering a welcoming look to visitors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply place the lamp on your desired surface and connect the USB-powered charging base for convenience. Regularly clean the lamp with a soft cloth to maintain its sleek appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the battery life of the lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lamp offers an extended battery life of up to 7 hours from a full charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lamp suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the cordless design makes it perfect for both indoor and outdoor settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the brightness and color?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the lamp features a built-in memory function that retains your preferred colour and brightness settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your space with the Table Lamp Round Dome Black 300mm today and enjoy the perfect blend of style and practicality. Order now to elevate your lighting experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810903114113,"sku":"HZ208","price":65.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/bf2c6a3aa3c205699be8c0996d518653.png?v=1781705341"},{"product_id":"300mm-cordless-table-lamp-with-usb-charging-base-silver-finish","title":"300mm Cordless Table Lamp with USB Charging Base Silver Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Montserrat LED Cordless Table Lamp 300mm Brushed Silver (6 Pack) is an elegant addition to any space, designed for those seeking both style and functionality. Perfect for restaurants, cafes, or home dining environments, this versatile lighting solution elevates while offering the convenience of cordless operation.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from robust die-cast aluminium and featuring a stunning brushed silver finish, these lamps are built to last. With a rechargeable battery and USB-powered charging base, the Montserrat table lamps solve the challenge of aesthetic lighting without the clutter of cords. Designed for modern living, they blend seamlessly into various décor styles, making them a standout choice for any setting.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 300(H) x 110(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Die Cast Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 850g\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eProvides cordless convenience with a rechargeable battery, perfect for flexible placement.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting allows for customizable cold\/warm colour options.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e water and dust protection ensures durability and longevity in various environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBrightness and colour memory function allows users to easily return to their preferred settings.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eComes complete with an individual charging USB base for each lamp, enhancing usability.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eStylish brushed silver finish complements various interior designs.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRobust construction guarantees stability and longevity over time.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRechargeable design reduces the hassle of replacing batteries.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eMultiple brightness settings enhance mood and atmosphere in any room.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for easy mobility, making it suitable for varied use cases.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEnvironmentally friendly LED technology saves and reduces costs.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Table Light\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCordless design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eFreedom to place the lamp anywhere without worrying about outlets.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eInvesting in quality means your lamps will withstand the test of time.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCustomisable lighting\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eSet the perfect atmosphere for any occasion with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Montserrat LED Cordless Table Lamp excels in a variety of settings, enhancing both functionality and style. Ideal uses include:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDining tables in restaurants and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor patios and terraces\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome dining experiences\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEvent spaces and weddings\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFlexible lighting for commercial displays\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eReception areas in offices and hotels\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, simply place the lamp on a flat surface and connect it to the USB charging base for power. Regular cleaning with a soft cloth will maintain the brushed silver finish, ensuring the lamp continues to impress.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power source for the Montserrat table lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe lamp operates with a rechargeable battery and comes with a USB-powered charging base.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lamp suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features water and dust protection, making it durable for outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the brightness of the lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the lamp offers multiple brightness settings, so you can customize the light according to your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Montserrat LED Cordless Table Lamp 300mm Brushed Silver (6 Pack) combines aesthetic appeal with practical design, making it a valuable addition to your lighting solutions. Order today and elevate your space with style and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810903146881,"sku":"FU987","price":1067.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/17bd061913695ae70f8e849a1441734e.png?v=1781705341"},{"product_id":"300mm-deep-sink-standpipe-for-commercial-waste-management","title":"300mm Deep Sink Standpipe for Commercial Waste Management","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 70mm Standpipe For 300mm Deep Sink is an essential component for efficient waste management in both commercial and residential kitchens. Designed specifically for sinks with 70mm flanged waste holes, this standpipe ensures that food waste and solid debris are effectively kept at bay, allowing for smooth drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed for durability, this standpipe is made to withstand daily use in busy environments. Its easy-to-remove feature simplifies cleaning and maintenance, providing peace of mind that the fixture won’t harm your sink if it accidentally drops. The brass back nut offers an added layer of support, enhancing its reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 300(H) x 80(W) x 80(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 450g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUniversal fit for commercial sinks with 70mm flanged waste holes, ensuring compatibility with a wide range of sink types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe blue standpipe is designed to minimize damage risks if dropped, providing a safer option for your kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFeatures a 1.5\" waste connection, fitting seamlessly into existing plumbing systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrevents food waste and other solids from entering drains, reducing the risk of plumbing issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to fit—get up and running quickly without the need for help.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction—designed to withstand heavy use in busy commercial kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffective blockage prevention—keeps your plumbing system clear and functional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design—easy to handle for regular maintenance and cleaning tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size—conveniently fits within sink dimensions, preserving workspace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple removal process—enables quick emptying and cleaning, promoting hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Sink Strainers And Standpipes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures longevity and lowers replacement frequency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRisk of damage minimized\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProvides peace of mind in busy kitchens.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrevents blockages\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYou spend less on plumbing repairs and maintenance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUniversal compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdaptable to various sink types, perfect for versatile setups.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis standpipe excels in various kitchen environments. It is particularly suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens, including restaurants and catering services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood processing facilities, where efficient waste management is critical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens, providing a reliable option for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInstitutional kitchens in schools and hospitals, where hygiene is paramount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMobile catering setups, ensuring a proper waste filtration system on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward, with the standpipe easily fitting into the designated 70mm flanged waste holes of most commercial sinks. Regular checks for any debris build-up will enhance performance and prolong the life of the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this standpipe suitable for residential use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 70mm Standpipe For 300mm Deep Sink can be used in residential kitchens with compatible sinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I clean the standpipe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular cleaning is recommended, especially in busy kitchens. Remove it as needed to ensure optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if I accidentally drop the standpipe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standpipe is designed not to damage the base of your sink if dropped, providing a durable and practical solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder your 70mm Standpipe For 300mm Deep Sink today and enjoy hassle-free waste management in your kitchen!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810903474561,"sku":"GC591","price":92.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/80627672443f6a6dd5b6806118b272ab.png?v=1781705342"},{"product_id":"300w-commercial-jacketed-infrared-quartz-heat-bulb-118mm","title":"300W Commercial Jacketed Infrared Quartz Heat Bulb 118mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Jacketed Infrared Quartz Heat Bulb 118mm 300W is an essential lighting solution designed for efficient heating in a variety of commercial settings. Perfectly suited for restaurants, catering businesses, and food display setups, this heat bulb keeps your food warm and ready for service, enhancing both the quality and presentation of your dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with durability in mind, the jacketed design of this infrared bulb minimizes the risk of shattering, ensuring safe operation even in busy environments. With its fitting and compact 118mm size, it provides quick installation and maximum heat coverage, making it a reliable choice for any catering operation focused on efficiency and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 118(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 300W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 30g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour Temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e 2600 K\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e bulb life of 5000 hours for reduced replacement frequency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDimmable functionality allows for adjustable warmth levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelivers an impressive 4500 lumens of illumination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePush-in fitting simplifies the installation process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe jacketed design is shatter-resistant for safer handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for maintaining the warmth of a variety of foods after cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast installation with an fitting saves time during setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh power output effectively warms large surfaces quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe dimmable feature enhances versatility for different food types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eShatter-resistant design increases safety in heavy-use environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e operational life reduces the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHighly efficient lumens output aids visibility while heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Light Bulb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGet your heating solutions up and running without unnecessary delays.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eShatter-resistant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduce the risk of injury and make your environment safer.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e bulb life\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower replacement costs and less downtime in your operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBright illumination\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhance food presentation and ensure everything looks appetizing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis infrared heat bulb excels in various settings, making it an indispensable tool for maintaining optimal food temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for use in commercial kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for lines and food displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for keeping takeout meals warm during peak hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient for warming storage areas such as chip dumps and burger shoots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful in cafes to enhance food-holding equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe installation of the Jacketed Infrared Quartz Heat Bulb is straightforward due to its push-in fitting. Ensure the power supply is turned off before replacing the bulb to maintain safety. Regularly check the bulb for any signs of wear and replace it as needed to ensure optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the bulb last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulb has a lifespan of approximately 5000 hours, making it a -lasting choice for heat applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features a push-in fitting that allows for quick and easy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this bulb be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulb is designed primarily for indoor use, particularly in settings such as kitchens and catering services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the reliable heating efficiency of the Jacketed Infrared Quartz Heat Bulb 118mm 300W. Ensure your food stays warm and appealing while enhancing the overall efficiency of your food service operations. Shop now and elevate your food display capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810903835009,"sku":"CC533","price":46.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c0e9c2c74249c625f072f14825f83730.png?v=1781705348"},{"product_id":"350kg-capacity-commercial-plastic-dunnage-rack-for-food-storage","title":"350kg Capacity Commercial Plastic Dunnage Rack for Food Storage","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Plastic Dunnage Rack is a versatile storage solution designed to keep your products off the ground, ensuring better hygiene and efficiency in various settings. This robust dunnage rack is ideal for restaurants, catering businesses, or any commercial kitchen seeking to optimize their storage space while adhering to health and safety standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from heavy-duty polypropylene, the Dunnage Rack is both durable and reliable. With iron-coated poles that offer immense stability, this rack effectively elevates your goods, mitigating the risk of contamination. Its unique slotted design enhances air circulation, making it a step above traditional options, ensuring your products remain in pristine condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 350kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 228(H) x 910(W) x 530(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.88kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty polypropylene with iron poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop Design\u003c\/strong\u003e Slotted for optimal air circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance\u003c\/strong\u003e Meets food hygiene standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e Coated for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhanced stability prevents wobbling on uneven floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean surface saves time in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design aids in repositioning as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial-grade strength ensures -term usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eElevated design helps keep food off the floor, reducing contamination risks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty build ensures support for heavy loads while maintaining stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSlotted top allows for air movement, preventing mold and spoilage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRust-resistant materials enhance longevity in moist environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy assembly means minimal downtime during setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for easy cleaning, making maintenance straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dunnage Floor Rack\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExperience -lasting durability without the worry of wear.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced hygiene safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower chances of foodborne illnesses, keeping your customers safe.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight and mobile\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly reposition the rack to suit changing needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time on maintenance, allowing more focus on your business.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile dunnage rack excels in various environments where hygiene and organization are priorities. Its applications span across numerous sectors:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for storing dry goods and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services to keep supplies organized during events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood distribution centers where quick access and hygiene are essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGrocery stores for food storage compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWarehouses for optimizing storage space efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dunnage Rack can be easily assembled without the need for tools, making it a practical solution for busy environments. Regularly clean with mild detergents to maintain hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of the dunnage rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack has an impressive capacity of 350kg, making it suitable for heavy items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the dunnage rack resistant to rust?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the rack features a rust-resistant design, ideal for humid environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 228(H) x 910(W) x 530(D)mm, fitting perfectly in most storage areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your storage solutions with the Plastic Dunnage Rack, ensuring cleanliness and efficiency in your kitchen or food preparation space. Order today to enhance your operational standards!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810909045121,"sku":"GC536","price":242.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/a6c79dded389d1eb0793bd5df00d3597.png?v=1781705428"},{"product_id":"37m-commercial-led-indoor-outdoor-string-lights-multicoloured","title":"37m Commercial LED Indoor Outdoor String Lights Multicoloured","description":"\u003cp\u003eStatus Varberg 400 Multi Coloured LED Indoor\/Outdoor String Lights are an enchanting addition to any space, ideal for festive and everyday enjoyment. Versatile and vibrant, these string lights are perfect for those looking to enhance their indoor and outdoor settings with a splash of colour and warmth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with quality materials, these mains-powered string lights are engineered for both durability and safety. With a generous length of 37 meters, they provide ample reach for versatile setups, whether adorning a garden, patio, or interior living space. Designed for convenience, the first LED light is positioned 5 meters from the plug, allowing for greater flexibility in installation and keeping the plug secured indoors or in a dry area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 620g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Cable Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 37m\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance to First LED Light\u003c\/strong\u003e 5m\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Source\u003c\/strong\u003e Mains powered\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e - light chain only\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFeatures 8 different illumination functions to set the perfect mood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlexible installation for a variety of indoor and outdoor applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable and weather-resistant, ensuring longevity and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBright, multicoloured bulbs add festive flair to any environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to hang and reposition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMulti-colour LED lights create an inviting atmosphere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e8 function modes provide customizable lighting options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rating ensures safe outdoor use, even in damp conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous length allows for extensive coverage with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy setup and transportation for events or seasonal use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction means these lights can last for years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This String Lights\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGenerous cable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasily decorate large areas or multiple spaces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e8 lighting functions\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTailor the ambiance to suit any occasion or mood.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIndoor and outdoor suitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUse year-round for holidays, parties, or casual gatherings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable and weather-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind knowing the lights will withstand the elements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Status Varberg 400 Multi Coloured LED Indoor\/Outdoor String Lights excel in a variety of settings:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for Christmas decorations inside and out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdds character to outdoor gatherings and events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBrightens up patio spaces for evening relaxation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for romantic dinners or celebrations at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhances festive displays at markets or fairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreates playful atmospheres for children's parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best results, ensure that the lights are set up according to the specifications, keeping the plug housed in a secure and dry location. Checking electrical connections and securing the lights will enhance both safety and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many functions do the lights have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lights feature 8 different functions to suit various moods and.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these lights suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for both indoor and outdoor use with an rating for weather resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the length of the string lights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cable length is 37 meters, offering flexibility in decoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIlluminate your spaces with the Status Varberg 400 Multi Coloured LED Indoor\/Outdoor String Lights. Their vibrant colors and versatility make them a must-have for any festive or everyday ambiance. Order today to brighten your environment! \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810912059777,"sku":"HY743","price":17.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/018e0062cbc2e47a7dd1cfc2d6a24609.png?v=1781705463"},{"product_id":"3m-round-commercial-parasol-with-crank-handle-and-tilt-mechanism","title":"3m Round Commercial Parasol with Crank Handle and Tilt Mechanism","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Seville Round Parasol 3m Diameter Black is the perfect outdoor accessory for those seeking stylish shade and comfort. Ideal for both home and commercial use, this parasol offers extensive protection on sunny days, allowing you to enjoy your outdoor space without the harsh glare of the sun. Whether it's a dining area in a restaurant or a relaxing corner in your backyard, this parasol enhances your environment while providing essential shelter from UV rays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with quality materials, the Seville parasol features a robust UV-resistant canopy made from thick 245gsm polyester, ensuring durability and reliability. The sturdy aluminium pole and two-pole mast design provide stability, alleviating concerns of tipping in moderate winds. Its thoughtful tilt mechanism allows for versatile positioning of the canopy, following the sun's movement, which differentiates it from parasols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 2480(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThick, 245gsm polyester canopy offers great protection against the sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy, two-pole mast helps to keep the canopy upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes tilt mechanism to easily adjust the canopy position as the sun moves throughout the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrank handle allows for easy opening and closing of the canopy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV-resistant material protects you from harmful rays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sleek black finish aligns with modern outdoor aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design ensures ease of movement and transportation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlame-retardant fabric offers added safety measures for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstructed with 8 high-quality steel ribs for enhanced durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3m round design provides substantial coverage for various outdoor settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Parasol\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRobust build quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures -lasting use, making it a reliable investment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable tilt mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProvides ultimate flexibility for maximum shade throughout the day.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to set up and relocate as needed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlame-retardant fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhances safety, especially in outdoor dining environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Seville Round Parasol excels in a variety of settings, making it a versatile choice for outdoor shade solutions. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatios and terraces for residential homes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor dining areas in restaurants or cafés.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoolsides for sunbathing and relaxation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden gatherings or events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial outdoor spaces requiring stylish shade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is advisable to secure the parasol with a suitable base, which is sold separately, ensuring stability. Regularly check the moving parts for maintenance to allow for smooth operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the canopy made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe canopy is made from thick 245gsm polyester, which is UV resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the parasol easy to open and close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a crank handle for easy operation when opening and closing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the parasol?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe parasol weighs 6.6kg, making it lightweight yet stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the comfort and sophistication that the Seville Round Parasol 3m Diameter Black brings to your outdoor areas, providing a stylish solution for sun protection. Order today to transform your outdoor experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810914845057,"sku":"DZ870","price":203.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/673faedd872ab244521617173317e0f5.png?v=1781705497"},{"product_id":"4-tier-commercial-clearing-trolley-with-heavy-duty-castors","title":"4 Tier Commercial Clearing Trolley with Heavy Duty Castors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Clearing Trolley is an essential utility cart designed for those who require efficient organization and easy mobility in their workspace. Ideal for catering, hospitality, and commercial settings, this trolley simplifies the transport of supplies, equipment, and essential items, making your operations smoother and more effective.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a robust stainless steel construction, the trolley is built to last. Its design not only addresses the common issues of stability and safety during transportation but also includes thoughtful features like tier indentations to keep items secure. With its easy-clean surface, maintenance is a breeze, ensuring that hygiene standards are met effortlessly. This trolley stands out with its combination of functionality and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1075(H) x 710(W) x 405(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e Max loading 100kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDelivered flat packed for easy storage and self-assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSound dampening EVA panels reduce noise during use.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFour quiet castors provide smooth mobility, two of which have brakes for stability.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eTiers with indentations help prevent items from falling off during transportation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction ensures longevity and food safety.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy to assemble, allowing for quick setup and immediate usability.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBrakes on two castors offer enhanced stability, perfect for sloped areas.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eNoise-dampening panels create a quieter work environment.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIndentations on each tier keep items securely in place during transport.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes moving the trolley simple and efficient.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Utility Cart\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy assembly\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eGet started quickly without the need for help.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eFeel secure that your trolley will withstand daily use without wear.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eSpace-efficient storage\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eMaximize your available space with the flat-packed delivery.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eReduce distractions in the workplace, promoting a more focused environment.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Clearing Trolley excels in various environments, proving its versatility across multiple applications.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for transporting dishes and utensils.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHospitality settings for moving supplies and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering events for efficient service and clean-up.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eWarehouses and stockrooms for inventory management.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCleaning services for quick transport of cleaning supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eAssembling the trolley is straightforward, with all necessary instructions included. Regular cleaning with appropriate solutions will maintain the trolley’s quality and appearance, ensuring it remains a reliable tool in your workplace.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the trolley made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is constructed from strong, easy-clean stainless steel that is rust-resistant and food safe.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the trolley carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Clearing Trolley can handle a maximum loading capacity of up to 100kg.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the trolley come pre-assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is delivered flat packed for easy storage and requires self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the 4 Tier Clearing Trolley for a seamless and efficient solution to your transporting needs. Order today and streamline your workspace operations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810915434881,"sku":"JB373","price":177.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/555dd2d7f209c01fd95853a71249aa94.png?v=1781705506"},{"product_id":"4-tier-commercial-wire-shelving-unit-1525x460mm-silver","title":"4 Tier Commercial Wire Shelving Unit 1525x460mm Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Wire Shelving Kit 1525x460mm is an essential storage solution designed for those who need versatile and reliable shelving in commercial and residential spaces. Ideal for kitchens, workshops, and garages, this shelving unit maximizes your storage capacity while allowing for easy organization and access to your items. Its robust structure ensures you can store heavy items securely while benefiting from the open design that promotes airflow and reduces moisture build-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from zinc-coated steel, this shelving unit stands out for its durability and resistance to wear and tear. While it’s not suitable for cold rooms due to rusting risks, it excels in various environments where organization is key. Whether you’re a chef requiring an efficient storage system or a homeowner looking to declutter your space, the 4 Tier Wire Shelving Kit offers practical solutions with the ability to adjust shelf heights according to your specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed 170(H) x 480(W) x 1570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - Zinc Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed 30.4 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e - Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 strong adjustable shelves that can be set to any height for personalized storage solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupplied with adjustable feet, allowing for easy positioning on uneven ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCan be fitted with castors for enhanced mobility where needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to assemble with no tools required, making setup straightforward and hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWire shelves that provide excellent airflow, preventing moisture build-up and enhancing item preservation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design to maintain a neat and tidy shelving unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlexible shelf height adjustment for customized storage space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy construction supports a maximum load capacity of 280kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile usage with compatibility for areas needing robust shelving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortless cleaning with wire shelving to avoid dust accumulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhanced stability on uneven surfaces with adjustable feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple, tool-less assembly saving you time when setting up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Shelving Unit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable shelf heights\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdapt the shelving to fit your storage needs and item sizes perfectly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSturdy construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore heavy items with confidence without worrying about durability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time setting up and more time organizing your space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGood airflow design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeep your items fresh and dry by preventing moisture build-up.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Wire Shelving Kit is ideal for a variety of settings, perfect for both commercial and home use. Its versatility allows it to shine in numerous applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes for organizing kitchen supplies and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGarages where tools and supplies need efficient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWorkshops for neatly displaying tools and materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail spaces for showcasing products in an organized manner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shelving unit is straightforward to install, with no tools required. Ensure it is placed on a stable surface for optimal performance. Regular cleaning will help maintain its condition and appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shelving suitable for use in cold rooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this shelving unit is not suitable for use in cold rooms due to the risk of rusting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum load capacity for this shelving unit is 280kg, making it suitable for a variety of heavy items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted in height?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelving unit features 4 adjustable shelves that can be set to any height according to your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Wire Shelving Kit 1525x460mm offers a reliable storage solution tailored for both personal and environments. Order today and streamline your organization with this robust shelving unit!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810915467649,"sku":"L929","price":470.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/51cf17584320865ff691bd4be96a23c2.png?v=1781705507"},{"product_id":"4-tier-commercial-wire-shelving-unit-1525x610mm-adjustable","title":"4 Tier Commercial Wire Shelving Unit 1525x610mm Adjustable","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Wire Shelving Kit 1525x610mm is an ideal storage solution for both commercial kitchens and home environments. Designed for those who value functionality and efficient organization, this shelving unit optimizes space without compromising strength or accessibility. The four adjustable shelves provide flexibility to accommodate various items, making it a practical choice for any setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable zinc-coated steel, the shelving unit ensures longevity and resilience against everyday wear and tear. Its thoughtful design addresses common storage issues, such as moisture retention and uneven ground placement, making it an invaluable addition to any workspace. Unlike shelving options, this unit allows for easy cleaning and maintenance, ensuring your space remains and tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed170(H) x 640(W) x 1560(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Zinc Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed37.3 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 320kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 strong adjustable shelves allow for customizable height settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupplied with adjustable feet for easy positioning on uneven surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to assemble - requires no tools for setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWire shelves promote good airflow to prevent moisture build-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves enhance adaptability for various storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRust-resistant zinc coating increases durability and lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet ensure stability on uneven ground, reducing risk of tipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWire design allows airflow, preventing mold and odors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e320kg load capacity provides robust support for heavy items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTool-free assembly saves time and effort during setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Shelving Unit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasily adapt storage to different item sizes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintain hygiene and organization with minimal effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStrong capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a wide range of supplies without worry.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile shelving unit is perfect for a variety of settings and applications. Ideal for use in kitchens, garages, and warehouses, it provides a robust storage solution that suits diverse industries and needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for organizing cooking supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStorage rooms for maximizing space efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGarages for storing tools and equipment securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWarehouse shelving for inventory management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome use for organizing closets or utility spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Wire Shelving Kit is straightforward to install, requiring no tools for assembly. Regular cleaning is recommended to maintain its appearance and functionality; a simple wipe-down is sufficient for upkeep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shelving unit suitable for cold rooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this shelving unit is not suitable for use in cold rooms due to the risk of rusting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum load capacity of the shelving unit is 320kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the height of the shelves?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are adjustable, allowing you to set them to any desired height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the 4 Tier Wire Shelving Kit to transform your storage solutions. With its sturdy build and flexible design, it is a reliable choice for keeping your space organized and efficient. Order today to experience the difference in your storage capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810915500417,"sku":"U258","price":518.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d90c393c70ea84f0fc8e0b2280502676.png?v=1781705508"},{"product_id":"4-tier-commercial-wire-shelving-unit-1830x610mm-adjustable","title":"4 Tier Commercial Wire Shelving Unit 1830x610mm Adjustable","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Wire Shelving Kit 1830x610mm is a versatile shelving solution designed for both and personal use. Ideal for kitchens, warehouses, and retail spaces, this shelving unit provides easy access and organization, freeing up valuable floor space. With strong adjustable shelves, you can tailor the height to suit your specific needs, ensuring that all your items are stored efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality zinc-coated steel, this shelving unit is built to last. Its robust design allows for a maximum load capacity of 340kg, making it suitable for heavy items. The open wire construction not only enhances airflow, reducing moisture buildup, but it also simplifies cleaning, setting it apart from traditional shelving units. This allows you to maintain a tidy and hygienic storage area effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed 170(H) x 620(W) x 1860(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - Zinc Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Packed 43.3 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - 340kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 strong adjustable shelves - can be set to any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupplied with adjustable feet for easy positioning on uneven ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCan be fitted with castors for enhanced mobility\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to assemble - no tools required for setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWire shelves provide good airflow, preventing moisture build-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design allows for quick maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves to fit various items and maximize storage space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortless assembly without the need for tools makes setup quick and convenient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable zinc-coated steel construction for -lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGood airflow design prevents moisture retention, protecting stored items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet provide stability on uneven surfaces for a safe display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use in kitchens, storage areas, and retail environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Shelving Unit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStrong load capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore heavy items with confidence without worry of collapse.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable shelf height\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable storage to suit different items and maximize usage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time setting up and more time organizing your space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient airflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHelps keep your items dry and in optimal condition.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Wire Shelving Kit excels in a variety of settings, providing flexibility and efficiency. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for organizing utensils and supplies\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail stores to showcase products attractively\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWarehouses for efficient inventory management\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants to store equipment and ingredients securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGarages for seasonal storage and tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Shelving Unit is straightforward and requires no tools, allowing you to adjust or reposition it as necessary. Ensure to place it on a stable surface for optimal use, and regularly wipe down the shelves to maintain cleanliness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shelving unit suitable for colder environments?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this shelving unit is not suitable for use in cold rooms due to the risk of rusting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the height of the shelves?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are fully adjustable to accommodate various sizes of items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs assembly really tool-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelving unit can be easily assembled without any tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your storage solutions with the 4 Tier Wire Shelving Kit 1830x610mm. Its durable design and configurable features make it a practical choice for efficient organization. Order today and streamline your space for enhanced functionality!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810915533185,"sku":"U259","price":592.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3d4638f062e753a9e2d7b7548654adb6.png?v=1781705508"},{"product_id":"4-tier-wire-tower-unit-610x610mm-commercial-shelving-unit","title":"4 Tier Wire Tower Unit 610x610mm Commercial Shelving Unit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Wire Tower Unit 610x610mm is an essential shelving solution for commercial kitchens, storage facilities, and home organization enthusiasts. Its versatile design accommodates various storage needs while enhancing accessibility and convenience. This unit is perfect for those seeking efficient storage options without sacrificing style or durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from zinc-coated steel, this shelving unit is built to withstand daily use, providing robust support for your items. Its height-adjustable feature allows you to customize each shelf according to your needs. The 4 Tier Wire Tower Unit stands out due to its easy setup, requiring no tools, thus saving you time and effort in assembling your storage space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 610 x 610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Zinc Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 20 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Free Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n Height adjustable for versatile use in various environments. \n Can be set up in minutes without the need for tools, making it highly user-friendly. \n Extendable design fits perfectly within tight or expansive spaces. \n Suitable for use with castors for added mobility when needed. \n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n Versatile height adjustment supports diverse shelving needs. \n Robust zinc-coated steel construction ensures durability and resistance to wear. \n Quick, tool-free setup speeds up the installation process. \n Maximum load capacity of 100 kg allows for efficient storage of heavy items. \n Designed to extend and accommodate various spaces and configurations. \n Ideal for both commercial and home use, enhancing organization and efficiency. \n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Shelving Unit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWithstands heavy use while resisting rust, ensuring -term functionality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-Friendly Assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time setting up and more time enjoying clutter-free spaces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTailor the shelving unit to your specific storage needs for maximum efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore a variety of items without worrying about weight limitations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Wire Tower Unit is versatile and can be utilized in various settings:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for storing utensils, equipment, and food supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWarehouses for organizing tools and materials for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome offices for keeping documents and supplies neatly arranged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUtility rooms for condensing cleaning supplies and hardware. \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail settings for merchandising goods prominently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shelving unit is designed for easy installation and requires no tools for setup. It’s recommended to periodically check the unit for stability and to ensure that all components remain securely fastened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shelving unit suitable for cold rooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this shelving unit is not suitable for use in cold rooms due to the risk of rusting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum load capacity is 100 kg, making it ideal for heavy items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are height adjustable, allowing for customization based on your storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your storage efficiency with the 4 Tier Wire Tower Unit 610x610mm. Order today for an organized space that meets all your shelving requirements!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810915860865,"sku":"U884","price":321.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1b81d6c6d2b5445c7aaeb2b5c09af3d8.png?v=1781705510"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/collections\/cat-furniture.png?v=1781881754","url":"https:\/\/www.questorm.co.uk\/collections\/furniture-cat.oembed?page=31","provider":"Questrom Ltd","version":"1.0","type":"link"}